1 #ifndef __LINUX_NL80211_H
2 #define __LINUX_NL80211_H
3 /*
4  * 802.11 netlink interface public header
5  *
6  * Copyright 2006-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
7  * Copyright 2008 Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net>
8  * Copyright 2008 Luis Carlos Cobo <luisca@cozybit.com>
9  * Copyright 2008 Michael Buesch <m@bues.ch>
10  * Copyright 2008, 2009 Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
11  * Copyright 2008 Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
12  * Copyright 2008 Colin McCabe <colin@cozybit.com>
13  * Copyright 2015-2017	Intel Deutschland GmbH
14  * Copyright (C) 2018-2022 Intel Corporation
15  *
16  * Permission to use, copy, modify, and/or distribute this software for any
17  * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
18  * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
19  *
20  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
21  * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
22  * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
23  * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
24  * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
25  * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
26  * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
27  *
28  */
29 
30 /*
31  * This header file defines the userspace API to the wireless stack. Please
32  * be careful not to break things - i.e. don't move anything around or so
33  * unless you can demonstrate that it breaks neither API nor ABI.
34  *
35  * Additions to the API should be accompanied by actual implementations in
36  * an upstream driver, so that example implementations exist in case there
37  * are ever concerns about the precise semantics of the API or changes are
38  * needed, and to ensure that code for dead (no longer implemented) API
39  * can actually be identified and removed.
40  * Nonetheless, semantics should also be documented carefully in this file.
41  */
42 
43 #include <linux/types.h>
44 
45 #define NL80211_GENL_NAME "nl80211"
46 
47 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_CONFIG		"config"
48 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_SCAN		"scan"
49 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_REG		"regulatory"
50 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_MLME		"mlme"
51 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_VENDOR		"vendor"
52 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_NAN		"nan"
53 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_TESTMODE	"testmode"
54 
55 #define NL80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_MIN	4
56 #define NL80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_MAX	15
57 #define NL80211_EDMG_CHANNELS_MIN	1
58 #define NL80211_EDMG_CHANNELS_MAX	0x3c /* 0b00111100 */
59 
60 /**
61  * DOC: Station handling
62  *
63  * Stations are added per interface, but a special case exists with VLAN
64  * interfaces. When a station is bound to an AP interface, it may be moved
65  * into a VLAN identified by a VLAN interface index (%NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN).
66  * The station is still assumed to belong to the AP interface it was added
67  * to.
68  *
69  * Station handling varies per interface type and depending on the driver's
70  * capabilities.
71  *
72  * For drivers supporting TDLS with external setup (WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS
73  * and WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP), the station lifetime is as follows:
74  *  - a setup station entry is added, not yet authorized, without any rate
75  *    or capability information, this just exists to avoid race conditions
76  *  - when the TDLS setup is done, a single NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION is valid
77  *    to add rate and capability information to the station and at the same
78  *    time mark it authorized.
79  *  - %NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK is then used
80  *  - after this, the only valid operation is to remove it by tearing down
81  *    the TDLS link (%NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK)
82  *
83  * TODO: need more info for other interface types
84  */
85 
86 /**
87  * DOC: Frame transmission/registration support
88  *
89  * Frame transmission and registration support exists to allow userspace
90  * management entities such as wpa_supplicant react to management frames
91  * that are not being handled by the kernel. This includes, for example,
92  * certain classes of action frames that cannot be handled in the kernel
93  * for various reasons.
94  *
95  * Frame registration is done on a per-interface basis and registrations
96  * cannot be removed other than by closing the socket. It is possible to
97  * specify a registration filter to register, for example, only for a
98  * certain type of action frame. In particular with action frames, those
99  * that userspace registers for will not be returned as unhandled by the
100  * driver, so that the registered application has to take responsibility
101  * for doing that.
102  *
103  * The type of frame that can be registered for is also dependent on the
104  * driver and interface type. The frame types are advertised in wiphy
105  * attributes so applications know what to expect.
106  *
107  * NOTE: When an interface changes type while registrations are active,
108  *       these registrations are ignored until the interface type is
109  *       changed again. This means that changing the interface type can
110  *       lead to a situation that couldn't otherwise be produced, but
111  *       any such registrations will be dormant in the sense that they
112  *       will not be serviced, i.e. they will not receive any frames.
113  *
114  * Frame transmission allows userspace to send for example the required
115  * responses to action frames. It is subject to some sanity checking,
116  * but many frames can be transmitted. When a frame was transmitted, its
117  * status is indicated to the sending socket.
118  *
119  * For more technical details, see the corresponding command descriptions
120  * below.
121  */
122 
123 /**
124  * DOC: Virtual interface / concurrency capabilities
125  *
126  * Some devices are able to operate with virtual MACs, they can have
127  * more than one virtual interface. The capability handling for this
128  * is a bit complex though, as there may be a number of restrictions
129  * on the types of concurrency that are supported.
130  *
131  * To start with, each device supports the interface types listed in
132  * the %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES attribute, but by listing the
133  * types there no concurrency is implied.
134  *
135  * Once concurrency is desired, more attributes must be observed:
136  * To start with, since some interface types are purely managed in
137  * software, like the AP-VLAN type in mac80211 for example, there's
138  * an additional list of these, they can be added at any time and
139  * are only restricted by some semantic restrictions (e.g. AP-VLAN
140  * cannot be added without a corresponding AP interface). This list
141  * is exported in the %NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES attribute.
142  *
143  * Further, the list of supported combinations is exported. This is
144  * in the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute. Basically,
145  * it exports a list of "groups", and at any point in time the
146  * interfaces that are currently active must fall into any one of
147  * the advertised groups. Within each group, there are restrictions
148  * on the number of interfaces of different types that are supported
149  * and also the number of different channels, along with potentially
150  * some other restrictions. See &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs.
151  *
152  * All together, these attributes define the concurrency of virtual
153  * interfaces that a given device supports.
154  */
155 
156 /**
157  * DOC: packet coalesce support
158  *
159  * In most cases, host that receives IPv4 and IPv6 multicast/broadcast
160  * packets does not do anything with these packets. Therefore the
161  * reception of these unwanted packets causes unnecessary processing
162  * and power consumption.
163  *
164  * Packet coalesce feature helps to reduce number of received interrupts
165  * to host by buffering these packets in firmware/hardware for some
166  * predefined time. Received interrupt will be generated when one of the
167  * following events occur.
168  * a) Expiration of hardware timer whose expiration time is set to maximum
169  * coalescing delay of matching coalesce rule.
170  * b) Coalescing buffer in hardware reaches it's limit.
171  * c) Packet doesn't match any of the configured coalesce rules.
172  *
173  * User needs to configure following parameters for creating a coalesce
174  * rule.
175  * a) Maximum coalescing delay
176  * b) List of packet patterns which needs to be matched
177  * c) Condition for coalescence. pattern 'match' or 'no match'
178  * Multiple such rules can be created.
179  */
180 
181 /**
182  * DOC: WPA/WPA2 EAPOL handshake offload
183  *
184  * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK flag drivers
185  * can indicate they support offloading EAPOL handshakes for WPA/WPA2
186  * preshared key authentication in station mode. In %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
187  * the preshared key should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_PMK. Drivers
188  * supporting this offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when no
189  * preshared key material is provided, for example when that driver does
190  * not support setting the temporal keys through %NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY.
191  *
192  * Similarly @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X flag can be
193  * set by drivers indicating offload support of the PTK/GTK EAPOL
194  * handshakes during 802.1X authentication in station mode. In order to
195  * use the offload the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT should have
196  * %NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS attribute flag. Drivers supporting this
197  * offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when the attribute flag is
198  * not present.
199  *
200  * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_AP_PSK flag drivers
201  * can indicate they support offloading EAPOL handshakes for WPA/WPA2
202  * preshared key authentication in AP mode. In %NL80211_CMD_START_AP
203  * the preshared key should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_PMK. Drivers
204  * supporting this offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_START_AP when no
205  * preshared key material is provided, for example when that driver does
206  * not support setting the temporal keys through %NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY.
207  *
208  * For 802.1X the PMK or PMK-R0 are set by providing %NL80211_ATTR_PMK
209  * using %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT support also
210  * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME must be provided.
211  */
212 
213 /**
214  * DOC: FILS shared key authentication offload
215  *
216  * FILS shared key authentication offload can be advertized by drivers by
217  * setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD flag. The drivers that support
218  * FILS shared key authentication offload should be able to construct the
219  * authentication and association frames for FILS shared key authentication and
220  * eventually do a key derivation as per IEEE 802.11ai. The below additional
221  * parameters should be given to driver in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and/or in
222  * %NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS.
223  *	%NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME - used to construct keyname_nai
224  *	%NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM - used to construct keyname_nai
225  *	%NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used to construct erp message
226  *	%NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK - used to generate the rIK and rMSK
227  * rIK should be used to generate an authentication tag on the ERP message and
228  * rMSK should be used to derive a PMKSA.
229  * rIK, rMSK should be generated and keyname_nai, sequence number should be used
230  * as specified in IETF RFC 6696.
231  *
232  * When FILS shared key authentication is completed, driver needs to provide the
233  * below additional parameters to userspace, which can be either after setting
234  * up a connection or after roaming.
235  *	%NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - used for key renewal
236  *	%NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used in further EAP-RP exchanges
237  *	%NL80211_ATTR_PMKID - used to identify the PMKSA used/generated
238  *	%Nl80211_ATTR_PMK - used to update PMKSA cache in userspace
239  * The PMKSA can be maintained in userspace persistently so that it can be used
240  * later after reboots or wifi turn off/on also.
241  *
242  * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the cache identifier advertized by a FILS
243  * capable AP supporting PMK caching. It specifies the scope within which the
244  * PMKSAs are cached in an ESS. %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and
245  * %NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA are enhanced to allow support for PMKSA caching based
246  * on FILS cache identifier. Additionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK is used with
247  * %NL80211_SET_PMKSA to specify the PMK corresponding to a PMKSA for driver to
248  * use in a FILS shared key connection with PMKSA caching.
249  */
250 
251 /**
252  * DOC: SAE authentication offload
253  *
254  * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD flag drivers can indicate they
255  * support offloading SAE authentication for WPA3-Personal networks in station
256  * mode. Similarly @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD_AP flag can be set by
257  * drivers indicating the offload support in AP mode.
258  *
259  * The password for SAE should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD in
260  * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP for station and AP mode
261  * respectively.
262  */
263 
264 /**
265  * DOC: VLAN offload support for setting group keys and binding STAs to VLANs
266  *
267  * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD flag drivers can indicate they
268  * support offloading VLAN functionality in a manner where the driver exposes a
269  * single netdev that uses VLAN tagged frames and separate VLAN-specific netdevs
270  * can then be added using RTM_NEWLINK/IFLA_VLAN_ID similarly to the Ethernet
271  * case. Frames received from stations that are not assigned to any VLAN are
272  * delivered on the main netdev and frames to such stations can be sent through
273  * that main netdev.
274  *
275  * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY (for group keys), %NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION, and
276  * %NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION will optionally specify vlan_id using
277  * %NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID.
278  */
279 
280 /**
281  * DOC: TID configuration
282  *
283  * TID config support can be checked in the %NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG
284  * attribute given in wiphy capabilities.
285  *
286  * The necessary configuration parameters are mentioned in
287  * &enum nl80211_tid_config_attr and it will be passed to the
288  * %NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG command in %NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG.
289  *
290  * If the configuration needs to be applied for specific peer then the MAC
291  * address of the peer needs to be passed in %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, otherwise the
292  * configuration will be applied for all the connected peers in the vif except
293  * any peers that have peer specific configuration for the TID by default; if
294  * the %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE flag is set, peer specific values
295  * will be overwritten.
296  *
297  * All this configuration is valid only for STA's current connection
298  * i.e. the configuration will be reset to default when the STA connects back
299  * after disconnection/roaming, and this configuration will be cleared when
300  * the interface goes down.
301  */
302 
303 /**
304  * DOC: FILS shared key crypto offload
305  *
306  * This feature is applicable to drivers running in AP mode.
307  *
308  * FILS shared key crypto offload can be advertised by drivers by setting
309  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_CRYPTO_OFFLOAD flag. The drivers that support
310  * FILS shared key crypto offload should be able to encrypt and decrypt
311  * association frames for FILS shared key authentication as per IEEE 802.11ai.
312  * With this capability, for FILS key derivation, drivers depend on userspace.
313  *
314  * After FILS key derivation, userspace shares the FILS AAD details with the
315  * driver and the driver stores the same to use in decryption of association
316  * request and in encryption of association response. The below parameters
317  * should be given to the driver in %NL80211_CMD_SET_FILS_AAD.
318  *	%NL80211_ATTR_MAC - STA MAC address, used for storing FILS AAD per STA
319  *	%NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - Used for encryption or decryption
320  *	%NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES - Used for encryption or decryption
321  *			(STA Nonce 16 bytes followed by AP Nonce 16 bytes)
322  *
323  * Once the association is done, the driver cleans the FILS AAD data.
324  */
325 
326 /**
327  * DOC: Multi-Link Operation
328  *
329  * In Multi-Link Operation, a connection between to MLDs utilizes multiple
330  * links. To use this in nl80211, various commands and responses now need
331  * to or will include the new %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINKS attribute.
332  * Additionally, various commands that need to operate on a specific link
333  * now need to be given the %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID attribute, e.g. to
334  * use %NL80211_CMD_START_AP or similar functions.
335  */
336 
337 /**
338  * enum nl80211_commands - supported nl80211 commands
339  *
340  * @NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC: unspecified command to catch errors
341  *
342  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY: request information about a wiphy or dump request
343  *	to get a list of all present wiphys.
344  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY: set wiphy parameters, needs %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or
345  *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX; can be used to set %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME,
346  *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ,
347  *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET (and the attributes determining the
348  *	channel width; this is used for setting monitor mode channel),
349  *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG,
350  *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD, and/or
351  *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD.  However, for setting the channel,
352  *	see %NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL instead, the support here is for backward
353  *	compatibility only.
354  * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY: Newly created wiphy, response to get request
355  *	or rename notification. Has attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and
356  *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME.
357  * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY: Wiphy deleted. Has attributes
358  *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME.
359  *
360  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE: Request an interface's configuration;
361  *	either a dump request for all interfaces or a specific get with a
362  *	single %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is supported.
363  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE: Set type of a virtual interface, requires
364  *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE.
365  * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE: Newly created virtual interface or response
366  *	to %NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE. Has %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX,
367  *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE attributes. Can also
368  *	be sent from userspace to request creation of a new virtual interface,
369  *	then requires attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE and
370  *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME.
371  * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE: Virtual interface was deleted, has attributes
372  *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY. Can also be sent from
373  *	userspace to request deletion of a virtual interface, then requires
374  *	attribute %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. If multiple BSSID advertisements are
375  *	enabled using %NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_CONFIG, %NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_ELEMS,
376  *	and if this command is used for the transmitting interface, then all
377  *	the non-transmitting interfaces are deleted as well.
378  *
379  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY: Get sequence counter information for a key specified
380  *	by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX and/or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
381  *	represents peer's MLD address for MLO pairwise key. For MLO group key,
382  *	the link is identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID.
383  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY: Set key attributes %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT,
384  *	%NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, or %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_THRESHOLD.
385  *	For MLO connection, the link to set default key is identified by
386  *	%NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID.
387  * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY: add a key with given %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA,
388  *	%NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER,
389  *	and %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ attributes. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC represents
390  *	peer's MLD address for MLO pairwise key. The link to add MLO
391  *	group key is identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID.
392  * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY: delete a key identified by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX
393  *	or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC represents peer's MLD address
394  *	for MLO pairwise key. The link to delete group key is identified by
395  *	%NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID.
396  *
397  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON: (not used)
398  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON: change the beacon on an access point interface
399  *	using the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD and %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL
400  *	attributes. For drivers that generate the beacon and probe responses
401  *	internally, the following attributes must be provided: %NL80211_ATTR_IE,
402  *	%NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP and %NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP.
403  * @NL80211_CMD_START_AP: Start AP operation on an AP interface, parameters
404  *	are like for %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON, and additionally parameters that
405  *	do not change are used, these include %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL,
406  *	%NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD, %NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
407  *	%NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE,
408  *	%NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP, %NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS,
409  *	%NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES, %NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY,
410  *	%NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT,
411  *	%NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS.
412  *	The channel to use can be set on the interface or be given using the
413  *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET, and the
414  *	attributes determining channel width.
415  * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_START_AP
416  * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP: Stop AP operation on the given interface
417  * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP
418  *
419  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION: Get station attributes for station identified by
420  *	%NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
421  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION: Set station attributes for station identified by
422  *	%NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
423  * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION: Add a station with given attributes to the
424  *	interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
425  * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION: Remove a station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
426  *	or, if no MAC address given, all stations, on the interface identified
427  *	by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE and
428  *	%NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE can optionally be used to specify which type
429  *	of disconnection indication should be sent to the station
430  *	(Deauthentication or Disassociation frame and reason code for that
431  *	frame).
432  *
433  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH: Get mesh path attributes for mesh path to
434  * 	destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
435  * 	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
436  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH:  Set mesh path attributes for mesh path to
437  * 	destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
438  * 	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
439  * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH: Create a new mesh path for the destination given by
440  *	%NL80211_ATTR_MAC via %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP.
441  * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH: Delete a mesh path to the destination given by
442  *	%NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
443  * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PATH: Add a mesh path with given attributes to the
444  *	interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
445  * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PATH: Remove a mesh path identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
446  *	or, if no MAC address given, all mesh paths, on the interface identified
447  *	by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
448  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS: Set BSS attributes for BSS identified by
449  *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
450  *
451  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_REG: ask the wireless core to send us its currently set
452  *	regulatory domain. If %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY is specified and the device
453  *	has a private regulatory domain, it will be returned. Otherwise, the
454  *	global regdomain will be returned.
455  *	A device will have a private regulatory domain if it uses the
456  *	regulatory_hint() API. Even when a private regdomain is used the channel
457  *	information will still be mended according to further hints from
458  *	the regulatory core to help with compliance. A dump version of this API
459  *	is now available which will returns the global regdomain as well as
460  *	all private regdomains of present wiphys (for those that have it).
461  *	If a wiphy is self-managed (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG), then
462  *	its private regdomain is the only valid one for it. The regulatory
463  *	core is not used to help with compliance in this case.
464  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REG: Set current regulatory domain. CRDA sends this command
465  *	after being queried by the kernel. CRDA replies by sending a regulatory
466  *	domain structure which consists of %NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA set to our
467  *	current alpha2 if it found a match. It also provides
468  * 	NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS, and a set of regulatory rules. Each
469  * 	regulatory rule is a nested set of attributes  given by
470  * 	%NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FREQ_[START|END] and
471  * 	%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW with an attached power rule given by
472  * 	%NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_ANT_GAIN and
473  * 	%NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_EIRP.
474  * @NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG: ask the wireless core to set the regulatory domain
475  * 	to the specified ISO/IEC 3166-1 alpha2 country code. The core will
476  * 	store this as a valid request and then query userspace for it.
477  *
478  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG: Get mesh networking properties for the
479  *	interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX
480  *
481  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG: Set mesh networking properties for the
482  *      interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX
483  *
484  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE: Set extra IEs for management frames. The
485  *	interface is identified with %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and the management
486  *	frame subtype with %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE. The extra IE data to be
487  *	added to the end of the specified management frame is specified with
488  *	%NL80211_ATTR_IE. If the command succeeds, the requested data will be
489  *	added to all specified management frames generated by
490  *	kernel/firmware/driver.
491  *	Note: This command has been removed and it is only reserved at this
492  *	point to avoid re-using existing command number. The functionality this
493  *	command was planned for has been provided with cleaner design with the
494  *	option to specify additional IEs in NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN,
495  *	NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE,
496  *	NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, and NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE.
497  *
498  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN: get scan results
499  * @NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN: trigger a new scan with the given parameters
500  *	%NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the
501  *	probe requests at CCK rate or not. %NL80211_ATTR_BSSID can be used to
502  *	specify a BSSID to scan for; if not included, the wildcard BSSID will
503  *	be used.
504  * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS: scan notification (as a reply to
505  *	NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN and on the "scan" multicast group)
506  * @NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED: scan was aborted, for unspecified reasons,
507  *	partial scan results may be available
508  *
509  * @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN: start a scheduled scan at certain
510  *	intervals and certain number of cycles, as specified by
511  *	%NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS. If %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is
512  *	not specified and only %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL is specified,
513  *	scheduled scan will run in an infinite loop with the specified interval.
514  *	These attributes are mutually exculsive,
515  *	i.e. NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL must not be passed if
516  *	NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is defined.
517  *	If for some reason scheduled scan is aborted by the driver, all scan
518  *	plans are canceled (including scan plans that did not start yet).
519  *	Like with normal scans, if SSIDs (%NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS)
520  *	are passed, they are used in the probe requests.  For
521  *	broadcast, a broadcast SSID must be passed (ie. an empty
522  *	string).  If no SSID is passed, no probe requests are sent and
523  *	a passive scan is performed.  %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES,
524  *	if passed, define which channels should be scanned; if not
525  *	passed, all channels allowed for the current regulatory domain
526  *	are used.  Extra IEs can also be passed from the userspace by
527  *	using the %NL80211_ATTR_IE attribute.  The first cycle of the
528  *	scheduled scan can be delayed by %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY
529  *	is supplied. If the device supports multiple concurrent scheduled
530  *	scans, it will allow such when the caller provides the flag attribute
531  *	%NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI to indicate user-space support for it.
532  * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN: stop a scheduled scan. Returns -ENOENT if
533  *	scheduled scan is not running. The caller may assume that as soon
534  *	as the call returns, it is safe to start a new scheduled scan again.
535  * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS: indicates that there are scheduled scan
536  *	results available.
537  * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED: indicates that the scheduled scan has
538  *	stopped.  The driver may issue this event at any time during a
539  *	scheduled scan.  One reason for stopping the scan is if the hardware
540  *	does not support starting an association or a normal scan while running
541  *	a scheduled scan.  This event is also sent when the
542  *	%NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN command is received or when the interface
543  *	is brought down while a scheduled scan was running.
544  *
545  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY: get survey resuls, e.g. channel occupation
546  *      or noise level
547  * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS: survey data notification (as a reply to
548  *	NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY and on the "scan" multicast group)
549  *
550  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA: Add a PMKSA cache entry using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
551  *	(for the BSSID), %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and optionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK
552  *	(PMK is used for PTKSA derivation in case of FILS shared key offload) or
553  *	using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID,
554  *	%NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMK in case of FILS
555  *	authentication where %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the identifier
556  *	advertized by a FILS capable AP identifying the scope of PMKSA in an
557  *	ESS.
558  * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA: Delete a PMKSA cache entry, using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
559  *	(for the BSSID) and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID or using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
560  *	%NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID in case of FILS
561  *	authentication.
562  * @NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA: Flush all PMKSA cache entries.
563  *
564  * @NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE: indicates to userspace the regulatory domain
565  * 	has been changed and provides details of the request information
566  * 	that caused the change such as who initiated the regulatory request
567  * 	(%NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR), the wiphy_idx
568  * 	(%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2) on which the request was made from if
569  * 	the initiator was %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE or
570  * 	%NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER, the type of regulatory domain
571  * 	set (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE), if the type of regulatory domain is
572  * 	%NL80211_REG_TYPE_COUNTRY the alpha2 to which we have moved on
573  * 	to (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2).
574  * @NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT: indicates to userspace that an AP beacon
575  * 	has been found while world roaming thus enabling active scan or
576  * 	any mode of operation that initiates TX (beacons) on a channel
577  * 	where we would not have been able to do either before. As an example
578  * 	if you are world roaming (regulatory domain set to world or if your
579  * 	driver is using a custom world roaming regulatory domain) and while
580  * 	doing a passive scan on the 5 GHz band you find an AP there (if not
581  * 	on a DFS channel) you will now be able to actively scan for that AP
582  * 	or use AP mode on your card on that same channel. Note that this will
583  * 	never be used for channels 1-11 on the 2 GHz band as they are always
584  * 	enabled world wide. This beacon hint is only sent if your device had
585  * 	either disabled active scanning or beaconing on a channel. We send to
586  * 	userspace the wiphy on which we removed a restriction from
587  * 	(%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY) and the channel on which this occurred
588  * 	before (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE) and after (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER)
589  * 	the beacon hint was processed.
590  *
591  * @NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE: authentication request and notification.
592  *	This command is used both as a command (request to authenticate) and
593  *	as an event on the "mlme" multicast group indicating completion of the
594  *	authentication process.
595  *	When used as a command, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to identify the
596  *	interface. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is used to specify PeerSTAAddress (and
597  *	BSSID in case of station mode). %NL80211_ATTR_SSID is used to specify
598  *	the SSID (mainly for association, but is included in authentication
599  *	request, too, to help BSS selection. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ +
600  *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET is used to specify the frequence of the
601  *	channel in MHz. %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE is used to specify the
602  *	authentication type. %NL80211_ATTR_IE is used to define IEs
603  *	(VendorSpecificInfo, but also including RSN IE and FT IEs) to be added
604  *	to the frame.
605  *	When used as an event, this reports reception of an Authentication
606  *	frame in station and IBSS modes when the local MLME processed the
607  *	frame, i.e., it was for the local STA and was received in correct
608  *	state. This is similar to MLME-AUTHENTICATE.confirm primitive in the
609  *	MLME SAP interface (kernel providing MLME, userspace SME). The
610  *	included %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute contains the management frame
611  *	(including both the header and frame body, but not FCS). This event is
612  *	also used to indicate if the authentication attempt timed out. In that
613  *	case the %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute is replaced with a
614  *	%NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT flag (and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to indicate which
615  *	pending authentication timed out).
616  * @NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE: association request and notification; like
617  *	NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Association and Reassociation
618  *	(similar to MLME-ASSOCIATE.request, MLME-REASSOCIATE.request,
619  *	MLME-ASSOCIATE.confirm or MLME-REASSOCIATE.confirm primitives). The
620  *	%NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID attribute is used to specify whether the
621  *	request is for the initial association to an ESS (that attribute not
622  *	included) or for reassociation within the ESS (that attribute is
623  *	included).
624  * @NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE: deauthentication request and notification; like
625  *	NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Deauthentication frames (similar to
626  *	MLME-DEAUTHENTICATION.request and MLME-DEAUTHENTICATE.indication
627  *	primitives).
628  * @NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE: disassociation request and notification; like
629  *	NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Disassociation frames (similar to
630  *	MLME-DISASSOCIATE.request and MLME-DISASSOCIATE.indication primitives).
631  *
632  * @NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE: notification of a locally detected Michael
633  *	MIC (part of TKIP) failure; sent on the "mlme" multicast group; the
634  *	event includes %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to describe the source MAC address of
635  *	the frame with invalid MIC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE to show the key
636  *	type, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX to indicate the key identifier, and
637  *	%NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ to indicate the TSC value of the frame; this
638  *	event matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication() primitive
639  *
640  * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS: Join a new IBSS -- given at least an SSID and a
641  *	FREQ attribute (for the initial frequency if no peer can be found)
642  *	and optionally a MAC (as BSSID) and FREQ_FIXED attribute if those
643  *	should be fixed rather than automatically determined. Can only be
644  *	executed on a network interface that is UP, and fixed BSSID/FREQ
645  *	may be rejected. Another optional parameter is the beacon interval,
646  *	given in the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL attribute, which if not
647  *	given defaults to 100 TU (102.4ms).
648  * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS: Leave the IBSS -- no special arguments, the IBSS is
649  *	determined by the network interface.
650  *
651  * @NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE: testmode command, takes a wiphy (or ifindex) attribute
652  *	to identify the device, and the TESTDATA blob attribute to pass through
653  *	to the driver.
654  *
655  * @NL80211_CMD_CONNECT: connection request and notification; this command
656  *	requests to connect to a specified network but without separating
657  *	auth and assoc steps. For this, you need to specify the SSID in a
658  *	%NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute, and can optionally specify the association
659  *	IEs in %NL80211_ATTR_IE, %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE,
660  *	%NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ,
661  *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET, %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT,
662  *	%NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
663  *	%NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT,
664  *	%NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT, and
665  *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT.
666  *	If included, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ are
667  *	restrictions on BSS selection, i.e., they effectively prevent roaming
668  *	within the ESS. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT
669  *	can be included to provide a recommendation of the initial BSS while
670  *	allowing the driver to roam to other BSSes within the ESS and also to
671  *	ignore this recommendation if the indicated BSS is not ideal. Only one
672  *	set of BSSID,frequency parameters is used (i.e., either the enforcing
673  *	%NL80211_ATTR_MAC,%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ or the less strict
674  *	%NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT).
675  *	Driver shall not modify the IEs specified through %NL80211_ATTR_IE if
676  *	%NL80211_ATTR_MAC is included. However, if %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT is
677  *	included, these IEs through %NL80211_ATTR_IE are specified by the user
678  *	space based on the best possible BSS selected. Thus, if the driver ends
679  *	up selecting a different BSS, it can modify these IEs accordingly (e.g.
680  *	userspace asks the driver to perform PMKSA caching with BSS1 and the
681  *	driver ends up selecting BSS2 with different PMKSA cache entry; RSNIE
682  *	has to get updated with the apt PMKID).
683  *	%NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID can be used to request a reassociation within
684  *	the ESS in case the device is already associated and an association with
685  *	a different BSS is desired.
686  *	Background scan period can optionally be
687  *	specified in %NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD,
688  *	if not specified default background scan configuration
689  *	in driver is used and if period value is 0, bg scan will be disabled.
690  *	This attribute is ignored if driver does not support roam scan.
691  *	It is also sent as an event, with the BSSID and response IEs when the
692  *	connection is established or failed to be established. This can be
693  *	determined by the %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute (0 = success,
694  *	non-zero = failure). If %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT is included in the
695  *	event, the connection attempt failed due to not being able to initiate
696  *	authentication/association or not receiving a response from the AP.
697  *	Non-zero %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE value is indicated in that case as
698  *	well to remain backwards compatible.
699  * @NL80211_CMD_ROAM: Notification indicating the card/driver roamed by itself.
700  *	When a security association was established on an 802.1X network using
701  *	fast transition, this event should be followed by an
702  *	%NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED event.
703  *	Following a %NL80211_CMD_ROAM event userspace can issue
704  *	%NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN in order to obtain the scan information for the
705  *	new BSS the card/driver roamed to.
706  * @NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT: drop a given connection; also used to notify
707  *	userspace that a connection was dropped by the AP or due to other
708  *	reasons, for this the %NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP and
709  *	%NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE attributes are used.
710  *
711  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS: Set a wiphy's netns. Note that all devices
712  *	associated with this wiphy must be down and will follow.
713  *
714  * @NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Request to remain awake on the specified
715  *	channel for the specified amount of time. This can be used to do
716  *	off-channel operations like transmit a Public Action frame and wait for
717  *	a response while being associated to an AP on another channel.
718  *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify which interface (and thus
719  *	radio) is used. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used to specify the
720  *	frequency for the operation.
721  *	%NL80211_ATTR_DURATION is used to specify the duration in milliseconds
722  *	to remain on the channel. This command is also used as an event to
723  *	notify when the requested duration starts (it may take a while for the
724  *	driver to schedule this time due to other concurrent needs for the
725  *	radio).
726  *	When called, this operation returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE)
727  *	that will be included with any events pertaining to this request;
728  *	the cookie is also used to cancel the request.
729  * @NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: This command can be used to cancel a
730  *	pending remain-on-channel duration if the desired operation has been
731  *	completed prior to expiration of the originally requested duration.
732  *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the
733  *	radio. The %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attribute must be given as well to
734  *	uniquely identify the request.
735  *	This command is also used as an event to notify when a requested
736  *	remain-on-channel duration has expired.
737  *
738  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK: Set the mask of rates to be used in TX
739  *	rate selection. %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the interface
740  *	and @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES the set of allowed rates.
741  *
742  * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME: Register for receiving certain mgmt frames
743  *	(via @NL80211_CMD_FRAME) for processing in userspace. This command
744  *	requires an interface index, a frame type attribute (optional for
745  *	backward compatibility reasons, if not given assumes action frames)
746  *	and a match attribute containing the first few bytes of the frame
747  *	that should match, e.g. a single byte for only a category match or
748  *	four bytes for vendor frames including the OUI. The registration
749  *	cannot be dropped, but is removed automatically when the netlink
750  *	socket is closed. Multiple registrations can be made.
751  *	The %NL80211_ATTR_RECEIVE_MULTICAST flag attribute can be given if
752  *	%NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MULTICAST_REGISTRATIONS is available, in which
753  *	case the registration can also be modified to include/exclude the
754  *	flag, rather than requiring unregistration to change it.
755  * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME for
756  *	backward compatibility
757  * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME: Management frame TX request and RX notification. This
758  *	command is used both as a request to transmit a management frame and
759  *	as an event indicating reception of a frame that was not processed in
760  *	kernel code, but is for us (i.e., which may need to be processed in a
761  *	user space application). %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the
762  *	frame contents (including header). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used
763  *	to indicate on which channel the frame is to be transmitted or was
764  *	received. If this channel is not the current channel (remain-on-channel
765  *	or the operational channel) the device will switch to the given channel
766  *	and transmit the frame, optionally waiting for a response for the time
767  *	specified using %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION. When called, this operation
768  *	returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) that will be included with the
769  *	TX status event pertaining to the TX request.
770  *	%NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the
771  *	management frames at CCK rate or not in 2GHz band.
772  *	%NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX is an array of offsets to CSA
773  *	counters which will be updated to the current value. This attribute
774  *	is used during CSA period.
775  *	For TX on an MLD, the frequency can be omitted and the link ID be
776  *	specified, or if transmitting to a known peer MLD (with MLD addresses
777  *	in the frame) both can be omitted and the link will be selected by
778  *	lower layers.
779  *	For RX notification, %NL80211_ATTR_RX_HW_TIMESTAMP may be included to
780  *	indicate the frame RX timestamp and %NL80211_ATTR_TX_HW_TIMESTAMP may
781  *	be included to indicate the ack TX timestamp.
782  * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL: When an off-channel TX was requested, this
783  *	command may be used with the corresponding cookie to cancel the wait
784  *	time if it is known that it is no longer necessary.  This command is
785  *	also sent as an event whenever the driver has completed the off-channel
786  *	wait time.
787  * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME for backward compatibility.
788  * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS: Report TX status of a management frame
789  *	transmitted with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE identifies
790  *	the TX command and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME includes the contents of the
791  *	frame. %NL80211_ATTR_ACK flag is included if the recipient acknowledged
792  *	the frame. %NL80211_ATTR_TX_HW_TIMESTAMP may be included to indicate the
793  *	tx timestamp and %NL80211_ATTR_RX_HW_TIMESTAMP may be included to
794  *	indicate the ack RX timestamp.
795  * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS for
796  *	backward compatibility.
797  *
798  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE: Set powersave, using %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE
799  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE: Get powersave status in %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE
800  *
801  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM: Connection quality monitor configuration. This command
802  *	is used to configure connection quality monitoring notification trigger
803  *	levels.
804  * @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM: Connection quality monitor notification. This
805  *	command is used as an event to indicate the that a trigger level was
806  *	reached.
807  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL: Set the channel (using %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
808  *	and the attributes determining channel width) the given interface
809  *	(identifed by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX) shall operate on.
810  *	In case multiple channels are supported by the device, the mechanism
811  *	with which it switches channels is implementation-defined.
812  *	When a monitor interface is given, it can only switch channel while
813  *	no other interfaces are operating to avoid disturbing the operation
814  *	of any other interfaces, and other interfaces will again take
815  *	precedence when they are used.
816  *
817  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER: Set the MAC address of the peer on a WDS interface
818  *	(no longer supported).
819  *
820  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST: Configure if this AP should perform
821  *	multicast to unicast conversion. When enabled, all multicast packets
822  *	with ethertype ARP, IPv4 or IPv6 (possibly within an 802.1Q header)
823  *	will be sent out to each station once with the destination (multicast)
824  *	MAC address replaced by the station's MAC address. Note that this may
825  *	break certain expectations of the receiver, e.g. the ability to drop
826  *	unicast IP packets encapsulated in multicast L2 frames, or the ability
827  *	to not send destination unreachable messages in such cases.
828  *	This can only be toggled per BSS. Configure this on an interface of
829  *	type %NL80211_IFTYPE_AP. It applies to all its VLAN interfaces
830  *	(%NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN), except for those in 4addr (WDS) mode.
831  *	If %NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED is not present with this
832  *	command, the feature is disabled.
833  *
834  * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH: Join a mesh. The mesh ID must be given, and initial
835  *	mesh config parameters may be given.
836  * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH: Leave the mesh network -- no special arguments, the
837  *	network is determined by the network interface.
838  *
839  * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE: Unprotected deauthentication frame
840  *	notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected
841  *	deauthentication frame was dropped when MFP is in use.
842  * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE: Unprotected disassociation frame
843  *	notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected
844  *	disassociation frame was dropped when MFP is in use.
845  *
846  * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE: Notification on the reception of a
847  *      beacon or probe response from a compatible mesh peer.  This is only
848  *      sent while no station information (sta_info) exists for the new peer
849  *      candidate and when @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH,
850  *      @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE, or
851  *      @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM is set.  On reception of this
852  *      notification, userspace may decide to create a new station
853  *      (@NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION).  To stop this notification from
854  *      reoccurring, the userspace authentication daemon may want to create the
855  *      new station with the AUTHENTICATED flag unset and maybe change it later
856  *      depending on the authentication result.
857  *
858  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN: get Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings.
859  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN: set Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings.
860  *	Since wireless is more complex than wired ethernet, it supports
861  *	various triggers. These triggers can be configured through this
862  *	command with the %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute. For
863  *	more background information, see
864  *	https://wireless.wiki.kernel.org/en/users/Documentation/WoWLAN.
865  *	The @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN command can also be used as a notification
866  *	from the driver reporting the wakeup reason. In this case, the
867  *	@NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute will contain the reason
868  *	for the wakeup, if it was caused by wireless. If it is not present
869  *	in the wakeup notification, the wireless device didn't cause the
870  *	wakeup but reports that it was woken up.
871  *
872  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD: This command is used give the driver
873  *	the necessary information for supporting GTK rekey offload. This
874  *	feature is typically used during WoWLAN. The configuration data
875  *	is contained in %NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA (which is nested and
876  *	contains the data in sub-attributes). After rekeying happened,
877  *	this command may also be sent by the driver as an MLME event to
878  *	inform userspace of the new replay counter.
879  *
880  * @NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: This is used as an event to inform userspace
881  *	of PMKSA caching dandidates.
882  *
883  * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER: Perform a high-level TDLS command (e.g. link setup).
884  *	In addition, this can be used as an event to request userspace to take
885  *	actions on TDLS links (set up a new link or tear down an existing one).
886  *	In such events, %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION indicates the requested
887  *	operation, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC contains the peer MAC address, and
888  *	%NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE the reason code to be used (only with
889  *	%NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN).
890  * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT: Send a TDLS management frame. The
891  *	%NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION attribute determines the type of frame to be
892  *	sent. Public Action codes (802.11-2012 8.1.5.1) will be sent as
893  *	802.11 management frames, while TDLS action codes (802.11-2012
894  *	8.5.13.1) will be encapsulated and sent as data frames. The currently
895  *	supported Public Action code is %WLAN_PUB_ACTION_TDLS_DISCOVER_RES
896  *	and the currently supported TDLS actions codes are given in
897  *	&enum ieee80211_tdls_actioncode.
898  *
899  * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME: Used by an application controlling an AP
900  *	(or GO) interface (i.e. hostapd) to ask for unexpected frames to
901  *	implement sending deauth to stations that send unexpected class 3
902  *	frames. Also used as the event sent by the kernel when such a frame
903  *	is received.
904  *	For the event, the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC attribute carries the TA and
905  *	other attributes like the interface index are present.
906  *	If used as the command it must have an interface index and you can
907  *	only unsubscribe from the event by closing the socket. Subscription
908  *	is also for %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME events.
909  *
910  * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME: Sent as an event indicating that the
911  *	associated station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC sent a 4addr frame
912  *	and wasn't already in a 4-addr VLAN. The event will be sent similarly
913  *	to the %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME event, to the same listener.
914  *
915  * @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT: Probe an associated station on an AP interface
916  *	by sending a null data frame to it and reporting when the frame is
917  *	acknowleged. This is used to allow timing out inactive clients. Uses
918  *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. The command returns a
919  *	direct reply with an %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE that is later used to match
920  *	up the event with the request. The event includes the same data and
921  *	has %NL80211_ATTR_ACK set if the frame was ACKed.
922  *
923  * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS: Register this socket to receive beacons from
924  *	other BSSes when any interfaces are in AP mode. This helps implement
925  *	OLBC handling in hostapd. Beacons are reported in %NL80211_CMD_FRAME
926  *	messages. Note that per PHY only one application may register.
927  *
928  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP: sets a bitmap for the individual TIDs whether
929  *      No Acknowledgement Policy should be applied.
930  *
931  * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY: An AP or GO may decide to switch channels
932  *	independently of the userspace SME, send this event indicating
933  *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is now on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the
934  *	attributes determining channel width.  This indication may also be
935  *	sent when a remotely-initiated switch (e.g., when a STA receives a CSA
936  *	from the remote AP) is completed;
937  *
938  * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY: Notify that a channel switch
939  *	has been started on an interface, regardless of the initiator
940  *	(ie. whether it was requested from a remote device or
941  *	initiated on our own).  It indicates that
942  *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX will be on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
943  *	after %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT TBTT's.  The userspace may
944  *	decide to react to this indication by requesting other
945  *	interfaces to change channel as well.
946  *
947  * @NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE: Start the given P2P Device, identified by
948  *	its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier. It must have been created with
949  *	%NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE previously. After it has been started, the
950  *	P2P Device can be used for P2P operations, e.g. remain-on-channel and
951  *	public action frame TX.
952  * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE: Stop the given P2P Device, identified by
953  *	its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier.
954  *
955  * @NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED: connection request to an AP failed; used to
956  *	notify userspace that AP has rejected the connection request from a
957  *	station, due to particular reason. %NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON
958  *	is used for this.
959  *
960  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE: Change the rate used to send multicast frames
961  *	for IBSS or MESH vif.
962  *
963  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL: sets ACL for MAC address based access control.
964  *	This is to be used with the drivers advertising the support of MAC
965  *	address based access control. List of MAC addresses is passed in
966  *	%NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS and ACL policy is passed in
967  *	%NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY. Driver will enable ACL with this list, if it
968  *	is not already done. The new list will replace any existing list. Driver
969  *	will clear its ACL when the list of MAC addresses passed is empty. This
970  *	command is used in AP/P2P GO mode. Driver has to make sure to clear its
971  *	ACL list during %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP.
972  *
973  * @NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT: Start a Channel availability check (CAC). Once
974  *	a radar is detected or the channel availability scan (CAC) has finished
975  *	or was aborted, or a radar was detected, usermode will be notified with
976  *	this event. This command is also used to notify userspace about radars
977  *	while operating on this channel.
978  *	%NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT is used to inform about the type of the
979  *	event.
980  *
981  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: Get global nl80211 protocol features,
982  *	i.e. features for the nl80211 protocol rather than device features.
983  *	Returns the features in the %NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES bitmap.
984  *
985  * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES: Pass down the most up-to-date Fast Transition
986  *	Information Element to the WLAN driver
987  *
988  * @NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT: Send a Fast transition event from the WLAN driver
989  *	to the supplicant. This will carry the target AP's MAC address along
990  *	with the relevant Information Elements. This event is used to report
991  *	received FT IEs (MDIE, FTIE, RSN IE, TIE, RICIE).
992  *
993  * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START: Indicates user-space will start running
994  *	a critical protocol that needs more reliability in the connection to
995  *	complete.
996  *
997  * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP: Indicates the connection reliability can
998  *	return back to normal.
999  *
1000  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE: Get currently supported coalesce rules.
1001  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE: Configure coalesce rules or clear existing rules.
1002  *
1003  * @NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Perform a channel switch by announcing the
1004  *	new channel information (Channel Switch Announcement - CSA)
1005  *	in the beacon for some time (as defined in the
1006  *	%NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT parameter) and then change to the
1007  *	new channel. Userspace provides the new channel information (using
1008  *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the attributes determining channel
1009  *	width). %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX may be supplied to inform
1010  *	other station that transmission must be blocked until the channel
1011  *	switch is complete.
1012  *
1013  * @NL80211_CMD_VENDOR: Vendor-specified command/event. The command is specified
1014  *	by the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID attribute and a sub-command in
1015  *	%NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD. Parameter(s) can be transported in
1016  *	%NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA.
1017  *	For feature advertisement, the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute is
1018  *	used in the wiphy data as a nested attribute containing descriptions
1019  *	(&struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info) of the supported vendor commands.
1020  *	This may also be sent as an event with the same attributes.
1021  *
1022  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP: Set Interworking QoS mapping for IP DSCP values.
1023  *	The QoS mapping information is included in %NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP. If
1024  *	that attribute is not included, QoS mapping is disabled. Since this
1025  *	QoS mapping is relevant for IP packets, it is only valid during an
1026  *	association. This is cleared on disassociation and AP restart.
1027  *
1028  * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS: Ask the kernel to add a traffic stream for the given
1029  *	%NL80211_ATTR_TSID and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC with %NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO
1030  *	and %NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME parameters.
1031  *	Note that the action frame handshake with the AP shall be handled by
1032  *	userspace via the normal management RX/TX framework, this only sets
1033  *	up the TX TS in the driver/device.
1034  *	If the admitted time attribute is not added then the request just checks
1035  *	if a subsequent setup could be successful, the intent is to use this to
1036  *	avoid setting up a session with the AP when local restrictions would
1037  *	make that impossible. However, the subsequent "real" setup may still
1038  *	fail even if the check was successful.
1039  * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS: Remove an existing TS with the %NL80211_ATTR_TSID
1040  *	and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameters. It isn't necessary to call this
1041  *	before removing a station entry entirely, or before disassociating
1042  *	or similar, cleanup will happen in the driver/device in this case.
1043  *
1044  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP: Get mesh path attributes for mesh proxy path to
1045  *	destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
1046  *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
1047  *
1048  * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB: Join the OCB network. The center frequency and
1049  *	bandwidth of a channel must be given.
1050  * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB: Leave the OCB network -- no special arguments, the
1051  *	network is determined by the network interface.
1052  *
1053  * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer,
1054  *	identified by the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameter. A target channel is
1055  *	provided via %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes determining
1056  *	channel width/type. The target operating class is given via
1057  *	%NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS.
1058  *	The driver is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching
1059  *	operations and returning to the base channel for communication with the
1060  *	AP.
1061  * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS
1062  *	peer given by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. Both peers must be on the base channel
1063  *	when this command completes.
1064  *
1065  * @NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE: Similar to %NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE, but used
1066  *	as an event to indicate changes for devices with wiphy-specific regdom
1067  *	management.
1068  *
1069  * @NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN: Stop an ongoing scan. Returns -ENOENT if a scan is
1070  *	not running. The driver indicates the status of the scan through
1071  *	cfg80211_scan_done().
1072  *
1073  * @NL80211_CMD_START_NAN: Start NAN operation, identified by its
1074  *	%NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface. This interface must have been
1075  *	previously created with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE. After it
1076  *	has been started, the NAN interface will create or join a
1077  *	cluster. This command must have a valid
1078  *	%NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF attribute and optional
1079  *	%NL80211_ATTR_BANDS attributes.  If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is
1080  *	omitted or set to 0, it means don't-care and the device will
1081  *	decide what to use.  After this command NAN functions can be
1082  *	added.
1083  * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN: Stop the NAN operation, identified by
1084  *	its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface.
1085  * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION: Add a NAN function. The function is defined
1086  *	with %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC nested attribute. When called, this
1087  *	operation returns the strictly positive and unique instance id
1088  *	(%NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID) and a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE)
1089  *	of the function upon success.
1090  *	Since instance ID's can be re-used, this cookie is the right
1091  *	way to identify the function. This will avoid races when a termination
1092  *	event is handled by the user space after it has already added a new
1093  *	function that got the same instance id from the kernel as the one
1094  *	which just terminated.
1095  *	This cookie may be used in NAN events even before the command
1096  *	returns, so userspace shouldn't process NAN events until it processes
1097  *	the response to this command.
1098  *	Look at %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER as well.
1099  * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION: Delete a NAN function by cookie.
1100  *	This command is also used as a notification sent when a NAN function is
1101  *	terminated. This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID
1102  *	and %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attributes.
1103  * @NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG: Change current NAN
1104  *	configuration. NAN must be operational (%NL80211_CMD_START_NAN
1105  *	was executed).  It must contain at least one of the following
1106  *	attributes: %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF,
1107  *	%NL80211_ATTR_BANDS.  If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is omitted, the
1108  *	current configuration is not changed.  If it is present but
1109  *	set to zero, the configuration is changed to don't-care
1110  *	(i.e. the device can decide what to do).
1111  * @NL80211_CMD_NAN_FUNC_MATCH: Notification sent when a match is reported.
1112  *	This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH nested attribute and
1113  *	%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE.
1114  *
1115  * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS: Update one or more connect parameters
1116  *	for subsequent roaming cases if the driver or firmware uses internal
1117  *	BSS selection. This command can be issued only while connected and it
1118  *	does not result in a change for the current association. Currently,
1119  *	only the %NL80211_ATTR_IE data is used and updated with this command.
1120  *
1121  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, set the PMK or PMK-R0
1122  *	for the given authenticator address (specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MAC).
1123  *	When %NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME is set, %NL80211_ATTR_PMK specifies the
1124  *	PMK-R0, otherwise it specifies the PMK.
1125  * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, delete the previously
1126  *	configured PMK for the authenticator address identified by
1127  *	%NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
1128  * @NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED: An event that indicates an 802.1X FT roam was
1129  *	completed successfully. Drivers that support 4 way handshake offload
1130  *	should send this event after indicating 802.1X FT assocation with
1131  *	%NL80211_CMD_ROAM. If the 4 way handshake failed %NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT
1132  *	should be indicated instead.
1133  * @NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME: Control Port (e.g. PAE) frame TX request
1134  *	and RX notification.  This command is used both as a request to transmit
1135  *	a control port frame and as a notification that a control port frame
1136  *	has been received. %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the
1137  *	frame contents.  The frame is the raw EAPoL data, without ethernet or
1138  *	802.11 headers.
1139  *	For an MLD transmitter, the %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID may be given and
1140  *	its effect will depend on the destination: If the destination is known
1141  *	to be an MLD, this will be used as a hint to select the link to transmit
1142  *	the frame on. If the destination is not an MLD, this will select both
1143  *	the link to transmit on and the source address will be set to the link
1144  *	address of that link.
1145  *	When used as an event indication %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
1146  *	%NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC are added
1147  *	indicating the protocol type of the received frame; whether the frame
1148  *	was received unencrypted and the MAC address of the peer respectively.
1149  *
1150  * @NL80211_CMD_RELOAD_REGDB: Request that the regdb firmware file is reloaded.
1151  *
1152  * @NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH: This interface is exclusively defined for host
1153  *	drivers that do not define separate commands for authentication and
1154  *	association, but rely on user space for the authentication to happen.
1155  *	This interface acts both as the event request (driver to user space)
1156  *	to trigger the authentication and command response (userspace to
1157  *	driver) to indicate the authentication status.
1158  *
1159  *	User space uses the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT command to the host driver to
1160  *	trigger a connection. The host driver selects a BSS and further uses
1161  *	this interface to offload only the authentication part to the user
1162  *	space. Authentication frames are passed between the driver and user
1163  *	space through the %NL80211_CMD_FRAME interface. Host driver proceeds
1164  *	further with the association after getting successful authentication
1165  *	status. User space indicates the authentication status through
1166  *	%NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute in %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH
1167  *	command interface.
1168  *
1169  *	Host driver reports this status on an authentication failure to the
1170  *	user space through the connect result as the user space would have
1171  *	initiated the connection through the connect request.
1172  *
1173  * @NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED: An event that notify station's
1174  *	ht opmode or vht opmode changes using any of %NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE,
1175  *	%NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH,%NL80211_ATTR_NSS attributes with its
1176  *	address(specified in %NL80211_ATTR_MAC).
1177  *
1178  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS: Retrieve FTM responder statistics, in
1179  *	the %NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS attribute.
1180  *
1181  * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_START: start a (set of) peer measurement(s)
1182  *	with the given parameters, which are encapsulated in the nested
1183  *	%NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS attribute. Optionally, MAC address
1184  *	randomization may be enabled and configured by specifying the
1185  *	%NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes.
1186  *	If a timeout is requested, use the %NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT attribute.
1187  *	A u64 cookie for further %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE use is returned in
1188  *	the netlink extended ack message.
1189  *
1190  *	To cancel a measurement, close the socket that requested it.
1191  *
1192  *	Measurement results are reported to the socket that requested the
1193  *	measurement using @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT when they
1194  *	become available, so applications must ensure a large enough socket
1195  *	buffer size.
1196  *
1197  *	Depending on driver support it may or may not be possible to start
1198  *	multiple concurrent measurements.
1199  * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT: This command number is used for the
1200  *	result notification from the driver to the requesting socket.
1201  * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_COMPLETE: Notification only, indicating that
1202  *	the measurement completed, using the measurement cookie
1203  *	(%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE).
1204  *
1205  * @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_RADAR: Notify the kernel that a radar signal was
1206  *	detected and reported by a neighboring device on the channel
1207  *	indicated by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes
1208  *	determining the width and type.
1209  *
1210  * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_OWE_INFO: This interface allows the host driver to
1211  *	offload OWE processing to user space. This intends to support
1212  *	OWE AKM by the host drivers that implement SME but rely
1213  *	on the user space for the cryptographic/DH IE processing in AP mode.
1214  *
1215  * @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_MESH_LINK: The requirement for mesh link metric
1216  *	refreshing, is that from one mesh point we be able to send some data
1217  *	frames to other mesh points which are not currently selected as a
1218  *	primary traffic path, but which are only 1 hop away. The absence of
1219  *	the primary path to the chosen node makes it necessary to apply some
1220  *	form of marking on a chosen packet stream so that the packets can be
1221  *	properly steered to the selected node for testing, and not by the
1222  *	regular mesh path lookup. Further, the packets must be of type data
1223  *	so that the rate control (often embedded in firmware) is used for
1224  *	rate selection.
1225  *
1226  *	Here attribute %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is used to specify connected mesh
1227  *	peer MAC address and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the frame
1228  *	content. The frame is ethernet data.
1229  *
1230  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG: Data frame TID specific configuration
1231  *	is passed using %NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG attribute.
1232  *
1233  * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_BEACON: Unprotected or incorrectly protected Beacon
1234  *	frame. This event is used to indicate that a received Beacon frame was
1235  *	dropped because it did not include a valid MME MIC while beacon
1236  *	protection was enabled (BIGTK configured in station mode).
1237  *
1238  * @NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME_TX_STATUS: Report TX status of a control
1239  *	port frame transmitted with %NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME.
1240  *	%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE identifies the TX command and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME
1241  *	includes the contents of the frame. %NL80211_ATTR_ACK flag is included
1242  *	if the recipient acknowledged the frame.
1243  *
1244  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPECS: SAR power limitation configuration is
1245  *	passed using %NL80211_ATTR_SAR_SPEC. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY is used to
1246  *	specify the wiphy index to be applied to.
1247  *
1248  * @NL80211_CMD_OBSS_COLOR_COLLISION: This notification is sent out whenever
1249  *	mac80211/drv detects a bss color collision.
1250  *
1251  * @NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_REQUEST: This command is used to indicate that
1252  *	userspace wants to change the BSS color.
1253  *
1254  * @NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_STARTED: Notify userland, that a color change has
1255  *	started
1256  *
1257  * @NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_ABORTED: Notify userland, that the color change has
1258  *	been aborted
1259  *
1260  * @NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_COMPLETED: Notify userland that the color change
1261  *	has completed
1262  *
1263  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_FILS_AAD: Set FILS AAD data to the driver using -
1264  *	&NL80211_ATTR_MAC - for STA MAC address
1265  *	&NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - for KEK
1266  *	&NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES - for FILS Nonces
1267  *		(STA Nonce 16 bytes followed by AP Nonce 16 bytes)
1268  *
1269  * @NL80211_CMD_ASSOC_COMEBACK: notification about an association
1270  *      temporal rejection with comeback. The event includes %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
1271  *      to describe the BSSID address of the AP and %NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT to
1272  *      specify the timeout value.
1273  *
1274  * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_LINK: Add a new link to an interface. The
1275  *	%NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID attribute is used for the new link.
1276  * @NL80211_CMD_REMOVE_LINK: Remove a link from an interface. This may come
1277  *	without %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID as an easy way to remove all links
1278  *	in preparation for e.g. roaming to a regular (non-MLO) AP.
1279  *
1280  * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_LINK_STA: Add a link to an MLD station
1281  * @NL80211_CMD_MODIFY_LINK_STA: Modify a link of an MLD station
1282  * @NL80211_CMD_REMOVE_LINK_STA: Remove a link of an MLD station
1283  *
1284  * @NL80211_CMD_MAX: highest used command number
1285  * @__NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST: internal use
1286  */
1287 enum nl80211_commands {
1288 /* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */
1289 	NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC,
1290 
1291 	NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY,		/* can dump */
1292 	NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY,
1293 	NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY,
1294 	NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY,
1295 
1296 	NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE,	/* can dump */
1297 	NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE,
1298 	NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE,
1299 	NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE,
1300 
1301 	NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY,
1302 	NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY,
1303 	NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY,
1304 	NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY,
1305 
1306 	NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON,
1307 	NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON,
1308 	NL80211_CMD_START_AP,
1309 	NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_START_AP,
1310 	NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP,
1311 	NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP,
1312 
1313 	NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION,
1314 	NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION,
1315 	NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION,
1316 	NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION,
1317 
1318 	NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH,
1319 	NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH,
1320 	NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH,
1321 	NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH,
1322 
1323 	NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS,
1324 
1325 	NL80211_CMD_SET_REG,
1326 	NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG,
1327 
1328 	NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG,
1329 	NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG,
1330 
1331 	NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE /* reserved; not used */,
1332 
1333 	NL80211_CMD_GET_REG,
1334 
1335 	NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN,
1336 	NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN,
1337 	NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS,
1338 	NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED,
1339 
1340 	NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE,
1341 
1342 	NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE,
1343 	NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE,
1344 	NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE,
1345 	NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE,
1346 
1347 	NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE,
1348 
1349 	NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT,
1350 
1351 	NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS,
1352 	NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS,
1353 
1354 	NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE,
1355 
1356 	NL80211_CMD_CONNECT,
1357 	NL80211_CMD_ROAM,
1358 	NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT,
1359 
1360 	NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS,
1361 
1362 	NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY,
1363 	NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS,
1364 
1365 	NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA,
1366 	NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA,
1367 	NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA,
1368 
1369 	NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL,
1370 	NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL,
1371 
1372 	NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK,
1373 
1374 	NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME,
1375 	NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME,
1376 	NL80211_CMD_FRAME,
1377 	NL80211_CMD_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_FRAME,
1378 	NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS,
1379 	NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS = NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS,
1380 
1381 	NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE,
1382 	NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE,
1383 
1384 	NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM,
1385 	NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM,
1386 
1387 	NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL,
1388 	NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER,
1389 
1390 	NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL,
1391 
1392 	NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH,
1393 	NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH,
1394 
1395 	NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE,
1396 	NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE,
1397 
1398 	NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE,
1399 
1400 	NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN,
1401 	NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN,
1402 
1403 	NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN,
1404 	NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN,
1405 	NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS,
1406 	NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED,
1407 
1408 	NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD,
1409 
1410 	NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
1411 
1412 	NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER,
1413 	NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT,
1414 
1415 	NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME,
1416 
1417 	NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT,
1418 
1419 	NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS,
1420 
1421 	NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME,
1422 
1423 	NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP,
1424 
1425 	NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY,
1426 
1427 	NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE,
1428 	NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE,
1429 
1430 	NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED,
1431 
1432 	NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE,
1433 
1434 	NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL,
1435 
1436 	NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT,
1437 
1438 	NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES,
1439 
1440 	NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES,
1441 	NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT,
1442 
1443 	NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START,
1444 	NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP,
1445 
1446 	NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE,
1447 	NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE,
1448 
1449 	NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
1450 
1451 	NL80211_CMD_VENDOR,
1452 
1453 	NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP,
1454 
1455 	NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS,
1456 	NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS,
1457 
1458 	NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP,
1459 
1460 	NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB,
1461 	NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB,
1462 
1463 	NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY,
1464 
1465 	NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
1466 	NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
1467 
1468 	NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE,
1469 
1470 	NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN,
1471 
1472 	NL80211_CMD_START_NAN,
1473 	NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN,
1474 	NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION,
1475 	NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION,
1476 	NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG,
1477 	NL80211_CMD_NAN_MATCH,
1478 
1479 	NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST,
1480 
1481 	NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS,
1482 
1483 	NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK,
1484 	NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK,
1485 
1486 	NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED,
1487 
1488 	NL80211_CMD_RELOAD_REGDB,
1489 
1490 	NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH,
1491 
1492 	NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED,
1493 
1494 	NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME,
1495 
1496 	NL80211_CMD_GET_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS,
1497 
1498 	NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_START,
1499 	NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT,
1500 	NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_COMPLETE,
1501 
1502 	NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_RADAR,
1503 
1504 	NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_OWE_INFO,
1505 
1506 	NL80211_CMD_PROBE_MESH_LINK,
1507 
1508 	NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG,
1509 
1510 	NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_BEACON,
1511 
1512 	NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME_TX_STATUS,
1513 
1514 	NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPECS,
1515 
1516 	NL80211_CMD_OBSS_COLOR_COLLISION,
1517 
1518 	NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_REQUEST,
1519 
1520 	NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_STARTED,
1521 	NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_ABORTED,
1522 	NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_COMPLETED,
1523 
1524 	NL80211_CMD_SET_FILS_AAD,
1525 
1526 	NL80211_CMD_ASSOC_COMEBACK,
1527 
1528 	NL80211_CMD_ADD_LINK,
1529 	NL80211_CMD_REMOVE_LINK,
1530 
1531 	NL80211_CMD_ADD_LINK_STA,
1532 	NL80211_CMD_MODIFY_LINK_STA,
1533 	NL80211_CMD_REMOVE_LINK_STA,
1534 
1535 	/* add new commands above here */
1536 
1537 	/* used to define NL80211_CMD_MAX below */
1538 	__NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST,
1539 	NL80211_CMD_MAX = __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST - 1
1540 };
1541 
1542 /*
1543  * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new commands by defining them
1544  * here
1545  */
1546 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS
1547 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE
1548 #define NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE
1549 #define NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE
1550 #define NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE
1551 #define NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE
1552 #define NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE
1553 #define NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT
1554 
1555 #define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS
1556 
1557 /* source-level API compatibility */
1558 #define NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG
1559 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG
1560 #define NL80211_MESH_SETUP_VENDOR_PATH_SEL_IE NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE
1561 
1562 /**
1563  * enum nl80211_attrs - nl80211 netlink attributes
1564  *
1565  * @NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC: unspecified attribute to catch errors
1566  *
1567  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY: index of wiphy to operate on, cf.
1568  *	/sys/class/ieee80211/<phyname>/index
1569  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME: wiphy name (used for renaming)
1570  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS: a nested array of TX queue parameters
1571  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ: frequency of the selected channel in MHz,
1572  *	defines the channel together with the (deprecated)
1573  *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE attribute or the attributes
1574  *	%NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH and if needed %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
1575  *	and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2
1576  * @NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH: u32 attribute containing one of the values
1577  *	of &enum nl80211_chan_width, describing the channel width. See the
1578  *	documentation of the enum for more information.
1579  * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1: Center frequency of the first part of the
1580  *	channel, used for anything but 20 MHz bandwidth. In S1G this is the
1581  *	operating channel center frequency.
1582  * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2: Center frequency of the second part of the
1583  *	channel, used only for 80+80 MHz bandwidth
1584  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE: included with NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
1585  *	if HT20 or HT40 are to be used (i.e., HT disabled if not included):
1586  *	NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT = HT not allowed (i.e., same as not including
1587  *		this attribute)
1588  *	NL80211_CHAN_HT20 = HT20 only
1589  *	NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS = secondary channel is below the primary channel
1590  *	NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS = secondary channel is above the primary channel
1591  *	This attribute is now deprecated.
1592  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT: TX retry limit for frames whose length is
1593  *	less than or equal to the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255;
1594  *	dot11ShortRetryLimit; u8
1595  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG: TX retry limit for frames whose length is
1596  *	greater than the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255;
1597  *	dot11ShortLongLimit; u8
1598  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD: fragmentation threshold, i.e., maximum
1599  *	length in octets for frames; allowed range: 256..8000, disable
1600  *	fragmentation with (u32)-1; dot11FragmentationThreshold; u32
1601  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD: RTS threshold (TX frames with length
1602  *	larger than or equal to this use RTS/CTS handshake); allowed range:
1603  *	0..65536, disable with (u32)-1; dot11RTSThreshold; u32
1604  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS: Coverage Class as defined by IEEE 802.11
1605  *	section 7.3.2.9; dot11CoverageClass; u8
1606  *
1607  * @NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX: network interface index of the device to operate on
1608  * @NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME: network interface name
1609  * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE: type of virtual interface, see &enum nl80211_iftype
1610  *
1611  * @NL80211_ATTR_WDEV: wireless device identifier, used for pseudo-devices
1612  *	that don't have a netdev (u64)
1613  *
1614  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC: MAC address (various uses)
1615  *
1616  * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of
1617  *	16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC
1618  *	keys
1619  * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3)
1620  * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11
1621  *	section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04)
1622  * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and
1623  *	CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian
1624  * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT: Flag attribute indicating the key is default key
1625  * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: Flag attribute indicating the key is the
1626  *	default management key
1627  * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE: For crypto settings for connect or
1628  *	other commands, indicates which pairwise cipher suites are used
1629  * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP: For crypto settings for connect or
1630  *	other commands, indicates which group cipher suite is used
1631  *
1632  * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval in TU
1633  * @NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing
1634  * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD: portion of the beacon before the TIM IE
1635  * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL: portion of the beacon after the TIM IE
1636  *
1637  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID: Association ID for the station (u16)
1638  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of
1639  *	&enum nl80211_sta_flags (deprecated, use %NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2)
1640  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL: listen interval as defined by
1641  *	IEEE 802.11 7.3.1.6 (u16).
1642  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES: supported rates, array of supported
1643  *	rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length
1644  *	restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
1645  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN: interface index of VLAN interface to move station
1646  *	to, or the AP interface the station was originally added to.
1647  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO: information about a station, part of station info
1648  *	given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION, nested attribute containing
1649  *	info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_info.
1650  *
1651  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS: Information about an operating bands,
1652  *	consisting of a nested array.
1653  *
1654  * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID: mesh id (1-32 bytes).
1655  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION: action to perform on the mesh peer link
1656  *	(see &enum nl80211_plink_action).
1657  * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP: MAC address of the next hop for a mesh path.
1658  * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO: information about a mesh_path, part of mesh path
1659  * 	info given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH, nested attribute described at
1660  *	&enum nl80211_mpath_info.
1661  *
1662  * @NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of
1663  *      &enum nl80211_mntr_flags.
1664  *
1665  * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2: an ISO-3166-alpha2 country code for which the
1666  * 	current regulatory domain should be set to or is already set to.
1667  * 	For example, 'CR', for Costa Rica. This attribute is used by the kernel
1668  * 	to query the CRDA to retrieve one regulatory domain. This attribute can
1669  * 	also be used by userspace to query the kernel for the currently set
1670  * 	regulatory domain. We chose an alpha2 as that is also used by the
1671  * 	IEEE-802.11 country information element to identify a country.
1672  * 	Users can also simply ask the wireless core to set regulatory domain
1673  * 	to a specific alpha2.
1674  * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES: a nested array of regulatory domain regulatory
1675  *	rules.
1676  *
1677  * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (u8, 0 or 1)
1678  * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled
1679  *	(u8, 0 or 1)
1680  * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time enabled
1681  *	(u8, 0 or 1)
1682  * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES: basic rates, array of basic
1683  *	rates in format defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length
1684  *	restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
1685  *
1686  * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY: HT Capability information element (from
1687  *	association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION)
1688  *
1689  * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing all
1690  *	supported interface types, each a flag attribute with the number
1691  *	of the interface mode.
1692  *
1693  * @NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE: Management frame subtype for
1694  *	%NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE.
1695  *
1696  * @NL80211_ATTR_IE: Information element(s) data (used, e.g., with
1697  *	%NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE).
1698  *
1699  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can scan with
1700  *	a single scan request, a wiphy attribute.
1701  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can
1702  *	scan with a single scheduled scan request, a wiphy attribute.
1703  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information elements
1704  *	that can be added to a scan request
1705  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information
1706  *	elements that can be added to a scheduled scan request
1707  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS: maximum number of sets that can be
1708  *	used with @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH, a wiphy attribute.
1709  *
1710  * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES: nested attribute with frequencies (in MHz)
1711  * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS: nested attribute with SSIDs, leave out for passive
1712  *	scanning and include a zero-length SSID (wildcard) for wildcard scan
1713  * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS: scan result BSS
1714  *
1715  * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR: indicates who requested the regulatory domain
1716  * 	currently in effect. This could be any of the %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_*
1717  * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE: indicates the type of the regulatory domain currently
1718  * 	set. This can be one of the nl80211_reg_type (%NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_*)
1719  *
1720  * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS: wiphy attribute that specifies
1721  *	an array of command numbers (i.e. a mapping index to command number)
1722  *	that the driver for the given wiphy supports.
1723  *
1724  * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME: frame data (binary attribute), including frame header
1725  *	and body, but not FCS; used, e.g., with NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE and
1726  *	NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE events
1727  * @NL80211_ATTR_SSID: SSID (binary attribute, 0..32 octets)
1728  * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE: AuthenticationType, see &enum nl80211_auth_type,
1729  *	represented as a u32
1730  * @NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE: ReasonCode for %NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE and
1731  *	%NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE, u16
1732  *
1733  * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE: Key Type, see &enum nl80211_key_type, represented as
1734  *	a u32
1735  *
1736  * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change
1737  * 	due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects
1738  * 	the state of the channel _before_ the beacon hint processing. This
1739  * 	attributes consists of a nested attribute containing
1740  * 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_*
1741  * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change
1742  * 	due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects
1743  * 	the state of the channel _after_ the beacon hint processing. This
1744  * 	attributes consists of a nested attribute containing
1745  * 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_*
1746  *
1747  * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES: a set of u32 values indicating the supported
1748  *	cipher suites
1749  *
1750  * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED: a flag indicating the IBSS should not try to look
1751  *	for other networks on different channels
1752  *
1753  * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT: a flag indicating than an operation timed out; this
1754  *	is used, e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE event
1755  *
1756  * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP: Whether management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) is
1757  *	used for the association (&enum nl80211_mfp, represented as a u32);
1758  *	this attribute can be used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and
1759  *	%NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests. %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL is not allowed for
1760  *	%NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE since user space SME is expected and hence, it
1761  *	must have decided whether to use management frame protection or not.
1762  *	Setting %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL with a %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT request will
1763  *	let the driver (or the firmware) decide whether to use MFP or not.
1764  *
1765  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2: Attribute containing a
1766  *	&struct nl80211_sta_flag_update.
1767  *
1768  * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT: A flag indicating whether user space controls
1769  *	IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED, in
1770  *	station mode. If the flag is included in %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE
1771  *	request, the driver will assume that the port is unauthorized until
1772  *	authorized by user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by
1773  *	default in station mode.
1774  * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE: A 16-bit value indicating the
1775  *	ethertype that will be used for key negotiation. It can be
1776  *	specified with the associate and connect commands. If it is not
1777  *	specified, the value defaults to 0x888E (PAE, 802.1X). This
1778  *	attribute is also used as a flag in the wiphy information to
1779  *	indicate that protocols other than PAE are supported.
1780  * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT: When included along with
1781  *	%NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, indicates that the custom
1782  *	ethertype frames used for key negotiation must not be encrypted.
1783  * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211: A flag indicating whether control
1784  *	port frames (e.g. of type given in %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE)
1785  *	will be sent directly to the network interface or sent via the NL80211
1786  *	socket.  If this attribute is missing, then legacy behavior of sending
1787  *	control port frames directly to the network interface is used.  If the
1788  *	flag is included, then control port frames are sent over NL80211 instead
1789  *	using %CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME.  If control port routing over NL80211 is
1790  *	to be used then userspace must also use the %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER
1791  *	flag. When used with %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH, pre-auth
1792  *	frames are not forwared over the control port.
1793  *
1794  * @NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA: Testmode data blob, passed through to the driver.
1795  *	We recommend using nested, driver-specific attributes within this.
1796  *
1797  * @NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP: A flag indicating that the DISCONNECT
1798  *	event was due to the AP disconnecting the station, and not due to
1799  *	a local disconnect request.
1800  * @NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE: StatusCode for the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
1801  *	event (u16)
1802  * @NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY: Flag attribute, used with connect(), indicating
1803  *	that protected APs should be used. This is also used with NEW_BEACON to
1804  *	indicate that the BSS is to use protection.
1805  *
1806  * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON
1807  *	to indicate which unicast key ciphers will be used with the connection
1808  *	(an array of u32).
1809  * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
1810  *	indicate which group key cipher will be used with the connection (a
1811  *	u32).
1812  * @NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
1813  *	indicate which WPA version(s) the AP we want to associate with is using
1814  *	(a u32 with flags from &enum nl80211_wpa_versions).
1815  * @NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
1816  *	indicate which key management algorithm(s) to use (an array of u32).
1817  *	This attribute is also sent in response to @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY,
1818  *	indicating the supported AKM suites, intended for specific drivers which
1819  *	implement SME and have constraints on which AKMs are supported and also
1820  *	the cases where an AKM support is offloaded to the driver/firmware.
1821  *	If there is no such notification from the driver, user space should
1822  *	assume the driver supports all the AKM suites.
1823  *
1824  * @NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE: (Re)association request information elements as
1825  *	sent out by the card, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events.
1826  * @NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE: (Re)association response information elements as
1827  *	sent by peer, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events.
1828  *
1829  * @NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID: previous BSSID, to be used in ASSOCIATE and CONNECT
1830  *	commands to specify a request to reassociate within an ESS, i.e., to use
1831  *	Reassociate Request frame (with the value of this attribute in the
1832  *	Current AP address field) instead of Association Request frame which is
1833  *	used for the initial association to an ESS.
1834  *
1835  * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY: key information in a nested attribute with
1836  *	%NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes
1837  * @NL80211_ATTR_KEYS: array of keys for static WEP keys for connect()
1838  *	and join_ibss(), key information is in a nested attribute each
1839  *	with %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes
1840  *
1841  * @NL80211_ATTR_PID: Process ID of a network namespace.
1842  *
1843  * @NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION: Used to indicate consistent snapshots for
1844  *	dumps. This number increases whenever the object list being
1845  *	dumped changes, and as such userspace can verify that it has
1846  *	obtained a complete and consistent snapshot by verifying that
1847  *	all dump messages contain the same generation number. If it
1848  *	changed then the list changed and the dump should be repeated
1849  *	completely from scratch.
1850  *
1851  * @NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR: Use 4-address frames on a virtual interface
1852  *
1853  * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO: survey information about a channel, part of
1854  *      the survey response for %NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY, nested attribute
1855  *      containing info as possible, see &enum survey_info.
1856  *
1857  * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKID: PMK material for PMKSA caching.
1858  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS: maximum number of PMKIDs a firmware can
1859  *	cache, a wiphy attribute.
1860  *
1861  * @NL80211_ATTR_DURATION: Duration of an operation in milliseconds, u32.
1862  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION: Device attribute that
1863  *	specifies the maximum duration that can be requested with the
1864  *	remain-on-channel operation, in milliseconds, u32.
1865  *
1866  * @NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE: Generic 64-bit cookie to identify objects.
1867  *
1868  * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES: Nested set of attributes
1869  *	(enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes) describing TX rates per band. The
1870  *	enum nl80211_band value is used as the index (nla_type() of the nested
1871  *	data. If a band is not included, it will be configured to allow all
1872  *	rates based on negotiated supported rates information. This attribute
1873  *	is used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK and with starting AP,
1874  *	and joining mesh networks (not IBSS yet). In the later case, it must
1875  *	specify just a single bitrate, which is to be used for the beacon.
1876  *	The driver must also specify support for this with the extended
1877  *	features NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY,
1878  *	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT,
1879  *	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT and
1880  *	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HE.
1881  *
1882  * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH: A binary attribute which typically must contain
1883  *	at least one byte, currently used with @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME.
1884  * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE: A u16 indicating the frame type/subtype for the
1885  *	@NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME command.
1886  * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a
1887  *	nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing
1888  *	information about which frame types can be transmitted with
1889  *	%NL80211_CMD_FRAME.
1890  * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a
1891  *	nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing
1892  *	information about which frame types can be registered for RX.
1893  *
1894  * @NL80211_ATTR_ACK: Flag attribute indicating that the frame was
1895  *	acknowledged by the recipient.
1896  *
1897  * @NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE: powersave state, using &enum nl80211_ps_state values.
1898  *
1899  * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM: connection quality monitor configuration in a
1900  *	nested attribute with %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_* sub-attributes.
1901  *
1902  * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE: Flag attribute to indicate that a command
1903  *	is requesting a local authentication/association state change without
1904  *	invoking actual management frame exchange. This can be used with
1905  *	NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE,
1906  *	NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE.
1907  *
1908  * @NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE: (AP mode) Do not forward traffic between stations
1909  *	connected to this BSS.
1910  *
1911  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING: Transmit power setting type. See
1912  *      &enum nl80211_tx_power_setting for possible values.
1913  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL: Transmit power level in signed mBm units.
1914  *      This is used in association with @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING
1915  *      for non-automatic settings.
1916  *
1917  * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN, which mostly
1918  *	means support for per-station GTKs.
1919  *
1920  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for transmitting.
1921  *	This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should
1922  *	not be used for transmitting. If an antenna is not selected in this
1923  *	bitmap the hardware is not allowed to transmit on this antenna.
1924  *
1925  *	Each bit represents one antenna, starting with antenna 1 at the first
1926  *	bit. Depending on which antennas are selected in the bitmap, 802.11n
1927  *	drivers can derive which chainmasks to use (if all antennas belonging to
1928  *	a particular chain are disabled this chain should be disabled) and if
1929  *	a chain has diversity antennas wether diversity should be used or not.
1930  *	HT capabilities (STBC, TX Beamforming, Antenna selection) can be
1931  *	derived from the available chains after applying the antenna mask.
1932  *	Non-802.11n drivers can derive wether to use diversity or not.
1933  *	Drivers may reject configurations or RX/TX mask combinations they cannot
1934  *	support by returning -EINVAL.
1935  *
1936  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for receiving.
1937  *	This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should
1938  *	not be used for receiving. If an antenna is not selected in this bitmap
1939  *	the hardware should not be configured to receive on this antenna.
1940  *	For a more detailed description see @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX.
1941  *
1942  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX: Bitmap of antennas which are available
1943  *	for configuration as TX antennas via the above parameters.
1944  *
1945  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX: Bitmap of antennas which are available
1946  *	for configuration as RX antennas via the above parameters.
1947  *
1948  * @NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE: Multicast tx rate (in 100 kbps) for IBSS
1949  *
1950  * @NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK: For management frame TX, the frame may be
1951  *	transmitted on another channel when the channel given doesn't match
1952  *	the current channel. If the current channel doesn't match and this
1953  *	flag isn't set, the frame will be rejected. This is also used as an
1954  *	nl80211 capability flag.
1955  *
1956  * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE: HT operation mode (u16)
1957  *
1958  * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags
1959  *	attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as.
1960  *	See &enum nl80211_key_default_types.
1961  *
1962  * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP: Optional mesh setup parameters.  These cannot be
1963  *	changed once the mesh is active.
1964  * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG: Mesh configuration parameters, a nested attribute
1965  *	containing attributes from &enum nl80211_meshconf_params.
1966  * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH: Currently, this means the underlying driver
1967  *	allows auth frames in a mesh to be passed to userspace for processing via
1968  *	the @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH flag.
1969  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE: The state of a mesh peer link as defined in
1970  *	&enum nl80211_plink_state. Used when userspace is driving the peer link
1971  *	management state machine.  @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE or
1972  *	@NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM must be enabled.
1973  *
1974  * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED: indicates, as part of the wiphy
1975  *	capabilities, the supported WoWLAN triggers
1976  * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS: used by %NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN to
1977  *	indicate which WoW triggers should be enabled. This is also
1978  *	used by %NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN to get the currently enabled WoWLAN
1979  *	triggers.
1980  *
1981  * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL: Interval between scheduled scan
1982  *	cycles, in msecs.
1983  *
1984  * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH: Nested attribute with one or more
1985  *	sets of attributes to match during scheduled scans.  Only BSSs
1986  *	that match any of the sets will be reported.  These are
1987  *	pass-thru filter rules.
1988  *	For a match to succeed, the BSS must match all attributes of a
1989  *	set.  Since not every hardware supports matching all types of
1990  *	attributes, there is no guarantee that the reported BSSs are
1991  *	fully complying with the match sets and userspace needs to be
1992  *	able to ignore them by itself.
1993  *	Thus, the implementation is somewhat hardware-dependent, but
1994  *	this is only an optimization and the userspace application
1995  *	needs to handle all the non-filtered results anyway.
1996  *	If the match attributes don't make sense when combined with
1997  *	the values passed in @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS (eg. if an SSID
1998  *	is included in the probe request, but the match attributes
1999  *	will never let it go through), -EINVAL may be returned.
2000  *	If omitted, no filtering is done.
2001  *
2002  * @NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS: Nested attribute listing the supported
2003  *	interface combinations. In each nested item, it contains attributes
2004  *	defined in &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs.
2005  * @NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES: Nested attribute (just like
2006  *	%NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES) containing the interface types that
2007  *	are managed in software: interfaces of these types aren't subject to
2008  *	any restrictions in their number or combinations.
2009  *
2010  * @NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA: nested attribute containing the information
2011  *	necessary for GTK rekeying in the device, see &enum nl80211_rekey_data.
2012  *
2013  * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES: rates per to be advertised as supported in scan,
2014  *	nested array attribute containing an entry for each band, with the entry
2015  *	being a list of supported rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but
2016  *	without the length restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
2017  *
2018  * @NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID: indicates whether SSID is to be hidden from Beacon
2019  *	and Probe Response (when response to wildcard Probe Request); see
2020  *	&enum nl80211_hidden_ssid, represented as a u32
2021  *
2022  * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP: Information element(s) for Probe Response frame.
2023  *	This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to
2024  *	provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into Probe Response frames when the
2025  *	driver (or firmware) replies to Probe Request frames.
2026  * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP: Information element(s) for (Re)Association
2027  *	Response frames. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and
2028  *	%NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into
2029  *	(Re)Association Response frames when the driver (or firmware) replies to
2030  *	(Re)Association Request frames.
2031  *
2032  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME: Nested attribute containing the wme configuration
2033  *	of the station, see &enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr.
2034  * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD: the device supports uapsd when working
2035  *	as AP.
2036  *
2037  * @NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT: Indicates whether the firmware is capable of
2038  *	roaming to another AP in the same ESS if the signal lever is low.
2039  *
2040  * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: Nested attribute containing the PMKSA caching
2041  *	candidate information, see &enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr.
2042  *
2043  * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE: Indicates whether to use CCK rate or not
2044  *	for management frames transmission. In order to avoid p2p probe/action
2045  *	frames are being transmitted at CCK rate in 2GHz band, the user space
2046  *	applications use this attribute.
2047  *	This attribute is used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and
2048  *	%NL80211_CMD_FRAME commands.
2049  *
2050  * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION: Low level TDLS action code (e.g. link setup
2051  *	request, link setup confirm, link teardown, etc.). Values are
2052  *	described in the TDLS (802.11z) specification.
2053  * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN: Non-zero token for uniquely identifying a
2054  *	TDLS conversation between two devices.
2055  * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION: High level TDLS operation; see
2056  *	&enum nl80211_tdls_operation, represented as a u8.
2057  * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT: A flag indicating the device can operate
2058  *	as a TDLS peer sta.
2059  * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The TDLS discovery/setup and teardown
2060  *	procedures should be performed by sending TDLS packets via
2061  *	%NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT. Otherwise %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be
2062  *	used for asking the driver to perform a TDLS operation.
2063  *
2064  * @NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME: This u32 attribute may be listed for devices
2065  *	that have AP support to indicate that they have the AP SME integrated
2066  *	with support for the features listed in this attribute, see
2067  *	&enum nl80211_ap_sme_features.
2068  *
2069  * @NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK: Used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME, this tells
2070  *	the driver to not wait for an acknowledgement. Note that due to this,
2071  *	it will also not give a status callback nor return a cookie. This is
2072  *	mostly useful for probe responses to save airtime.
2073  *
2074  * @NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS: This u32 attribute contains flags from
2075  *	&enum nl80211_feature_flags and is advertised in wiphy information.
2076  * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: Indicates that the HW responds to probe
2077  *	requests while operating in AP-mode.
2078  *	This attribute holds a bitmap of the supported protocols for
2079  *	offloading (see &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr).
2080  *
2081  * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP: Probe Response template data. Contains the entire
2082  *	probe-response frame. The DA field in the 802.11 header is zero-ed out,
2083  *	to be filled by the FW.
2084  * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT: Force HT capable interfaces to disable
2085  *      this feature during association. This is a flag attribute.
2086  *	Currently only supported in mac80211 drivers.
2087  * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_VHT: Force VHT capable interfaces to disable
2088  *      this feature during association. This is a flag attribute.
2089  *	Currently only supported in mac80211 drivers.
2090  * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HE: Force HE capable interfaces to disable
2091  *      this feature during association. This is a flag attribute.
2092  *	Currently only supported in mac80211 drivers.
2093  * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK: Specify which bits of the
2094  *      ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY to which attention should be paid.
2095  *      Currently, only mac80211 NICs support this feature.
2096  *      The values that may be configured are:
2097  *       MCS rates, MAX-AMSDU, HT-20-40 and HT_CAP_SGI_40
2098  *       AMPDU density and AMPDU factor.
2099  *      All values are treated as suggestions and may be ignored
2100  *      by the driver as required.  The actual values may be seen in
2101  *      the station debugfs ht_caps file.
2102  *
2103  * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION: region for regulatory rules which this country
2104  *    abides to when initiating radiation on DFS channels. A country maps
2105  *    to one DFS region.
2106  *
2107  * @NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP: This u16 bitmap contains the No Ack Policy of
2108  *      up to 16 TIDs.
2109  *
2110  * @NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT: timeout value in seconds, this can be
2111  *	used by the drivers which has MLME in firmware and does not have support
2112  *	to report per station tx/rx activity to free up the station entry from
2113  *	the list. This needs to be used when the driver advertises the
2114  *	capability to timeout the stations.
2115  *
2116  * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM: signal strength in dBm (as a 32-bit int);
2117  *	this attribute is (depending on the driver capabilities) added to
2118  *	received frames indicated with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME.
2119  *
2120  * @NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD: Background scan period in seconds
2121  *      or 0 to disable background scan.
2122  *
2123  * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE: type of regulatory hint passed from
2124  *	userspace. If unset it is assumed the hint comes directly from
2125  *	a user. If set code could specify exactly what type of source
2126  *	was used to provide the hint. For the different types of
2127  *	allowed user regulatory hints see nl80211_user_reg_hint_type.
2128  *
2129  * @NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON: The reason for which AP has rejected
2130  *	the connection request from a station. nl80211_connect_failed_reason
2131  *	enum has different reasons of connection failure.
2132  *
2133  * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA: Fields and elements in Authentication frames.
2134  *	This contains the authentication frame body (non-IE and IE data),
2135  *	excluding the Authentication algorithm number, i.e., starting at the
2136  *	Authentication transaction sequence number field. It is used with
2137  *	authentication algorithms that need special fields to be added into
2138  *	the frames (SAE and FILS). Currently, only the SAE cases use the
2139  *	initial two fields (Authentication transaction sequence number and
2140  *	Status code). However, those fields are included in the attribute data
2141  *	for all authentication algorithms to keep the attribute definition
2142  *	consistent.
2143  *
2144  * @NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY: VHT Capability information element (from
2145  *	association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION)
2146  *
2147  * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS: scan request control flags (u32)
2148  *
2149  * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW: P2P GO Client Traffic Window (u8), used with
2150  *	the START_AP and SET_BSS commands
2151  * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS: P2P GO opportunistic PS (u8), used with the
2152  *	START_AP and SET_BSS commands. This can have the values 0 or 1;
2153  *	if not given in START_AP 0 is assumed, if not given in SET_BSS
2154  *	no change is made.
2155  *
2156  * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE: local mesh STA link-specific power mode
2157  *	defined in &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode.
2158  *
2159  * @NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY: ACL policy, see &enum nl80211_acl_policy,
2160  *	carried in a u32 attribute
2161  *
2162  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS: Array of nested MAC addresses, used for
2163  *	MAC ACL.
2164  *
2165  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX: u32 attribute to advertise the maximum
2166  *	number of MAC addresses that a device can support for MAC
2167  *	ACL.
2168  *
2169  * @NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT: Type of radar event for notification to userspace,
2170  *	contains a value of enum nl80211_radar_event (u32).
2171  *
2172  * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA: 802.11 extended capabilities that the kernel driver
2173  *	has and handles. The format is the same as the IE contents. See
2174  *	802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for more information.
2175  * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK: Extended capabilities that the kernel driver
2176  *	has set in the %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA value, for multibit fields.
2177  *
2178  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY: Station capabilities (u16) are advertised to
2179  *	the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS power save (PU-APSD).
2180  *
2181  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY: Station extended capabilities are
2182  *	advertised to the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS off channel operations
2183  *	and PU-APSD.
2184  *
2185  * @NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: global nl80211 feature flags, see
2186  *	&enum nl80211_protocol_features, the attribute is a u32.
2187  *
2188  * @NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: flag attribute, userspace supports
2189  *	receiving the data for a single wiphy split across multiple
2190  *	messages, given with wiphy dump message
2191  *
2192  * @NL80211_ATTR_MDID: Mobility Domain Identifier
2193  *
2194  * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC: Resource Information Container Information
2195  *	Element
2196  *
2197  * @NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID: critical protocol identifier requiring increased
2198  *	reliability, see &enum nl80211_crit_proto_id (u16).
2199  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION: duration in milliseconds in which
2200  *      the connection should have increased reliability (u16).
2201  *
2202  * @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID: Association ID for the peer TDLS station (u16).
2203  *	This is similar to @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID but with a difference of being
2204  *	allowed to be used with the first @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION command to
2205  *	update a TDLS peer STA entry.
2206  *
2207  * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: Coalesce rule information.
2208  *
2209  * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT: u32 attribute specifying the number of TBTT's
2210  *	until the channel switch event.
2211  * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX: flag attribute specifying that transmission
2212  *	must be blocked on the current channel (before the channel switch
2213  *	operation). Also included in the channel switch started event if quiet
2214  *	was requested by the AP.
2215  * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES: Nested set of attributes containing the IE information
2216  *	for the time while performing a channel switch.
2217  * @NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_BEACON: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel
2218  *	switch or color change counters in the beacons tail (%NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL).
2219  * @NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_PRESP: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel
2220  *	switch or color change counters in the probe response (%NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP).
2221  *
2222  * @NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS: flags for nl80211_send_mgmt(), u32.
2223  *	As specified in the &enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags.
2224  *
2225  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS: array of supported channels.
2226  *
2227  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES: array of supported
2228  *      operating classes.
2229  *
2230  * @NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS: A flag indicating whether user space
2231  *	controls DFS operation in IBSS mode. If the flag is included in
2232  *	%NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS request, the driver will allow use of DFS
2233  *	channels and reports radar events to userspace. Userspace is required
2234  *	to react to radar events, e.g. initiate a channel switch or leave the
2235  *	IBSS network.
2236  *
2237  * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports
2238  *	5 MHz channel bandwidth.
2239  * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports
2240  *	10 MHz channel bandwidth.
2241  *
2242  * @NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF: Operating mode field from Operating Mode
2243  *	Notification Element based on association request when used with
2244  *	%NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION or %NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION (only when
2245  *	%NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE is supported, or with TDLS);
2246  *	u8 attribute.
2247  *
2248  * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID: The vendor ID, either a 24-bit OUI or, if
2249  *	%NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX is set, a special Linux ID (not used yet)
2250  * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD: vendor sub-command
2251  * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA: data for the vendor command, if any; this
2252  *	attribute is also used for vendor command feature advertisement
2253  * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS: used for event list advertising in the wiphy
2254  *	info, containing a nested array of possible events
2255  *
2256  * @NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP: IP DSCP mapping for Interworking QoS mapping. This
2257  *	data is in the format defined for the payload of the QoS Map Set element
2258  *	in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97.
2259  *
2260  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT: MAC address recommendation as initial BSS
2261  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT: frequency of the recommended initial BSS
2262  *
2263  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA: Device attribute that indicates how many
2264  *	associated stations are supported in AP mode (including P2P GO); u32.
2265  *	Since drivers may not have a fixed limit on the maximum number (e.g.,
2266  *	other concurrent operations may affect this), drivers are allowed to
2267  *	advertise values that cannot always be met. In such cases, an attempt
2268  *	to add a new station entry with @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION may fail.
2269  *
2270  * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX: An array of csa counter offsets (u16) which
2271  *	should be updated when the frame is transmitted.
2272  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS: U8 attribute used to advertise the maximum
2273  *	supported number of csa counters.
2274  *
2275  * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY: flags for TDLS peer capabilities, u32.
2276  *	As specified in the &enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability.
2277  *
2278  * @NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER: Flag attribute, if set during interface
2279  *	creation then the new interface will be owned by the netlink socket
2280  *	that created it and will be destroyed when the socket is closed.
2281  *	If set during scheduled scan start then the new scan req will be
2282  *	owned by the netlink socket that created it and the scheduled scan will
2283  *	be stopped when the socket is closed.
2284  *	If set during configuration of regulatory indoor operation then the
2285  *	regulatory indoor configuration would be owned by the netlink socket
2286  *	that configured the indoor setting, and the indoor operation would be
2287  *	cleared when the socket is closed.
2288  *	If set during NAN interface creation, the interface will be destroyed
2289  *	if the socket is closed just like any other interface. Moreover, NAN
2290  *	notifications will be sent in unicast to that socket. Without this
2291  *	attribute, the notifications will be sent to the %NL80211_MCGRP_NAN
2292  *	multicast group.
2293  *	If set during %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE or %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT the
2294  *	station will deauthenticate when the socket is closed.
2295  *	If set during %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS the IBSS will be automatically
2296  *	torn down when the socket is closed.
2297  *	If set during %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH the mesh setup will be
2298  *	automatically torn down when the socket is closed.
2299  *	If set during %NL80211_CMD_START_AP the AP will be automatically
2300  *	disabled when the socket is closed.
2301  *
2302  * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR: flag attribute indicating the current end is
2303  *	the TDLS link initiator.
2304  *
2305  * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM: flag for indicating whether the current connection
2306  *	shall support Radio Resource Measurements (11k). This attribute can be
2307  *	used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests.
2308  *	User space applications are expected to use this flag only if the
2309  *	underlying device supports these minimal RRM features:
2310  *		%NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES,
2311  *		%NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET,
2312  *	Or, if global RRM is supported, see:
2313  *		%NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM
2314  *	If this flag is used, driver must add the Power Capabilities IE to the
2315  *	association request. In addition, it must also set the RRM capability
2316  *	flag in the association request's Capability Info field.
2317  *
2318  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK: flag attribute used to enable ACK timeout
2319  *	estimation algorithm (dynack). In order to activate dynack
2320  *	%NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION feature flag must be set by lower
2321  *	drivers to indicate dynack capability. Dynack is automatically disabled
2322  *	setting valid value for coverage class.
2323  *
2324  * @NL80211_ATTR_TSID: a TSID value (u8 attribute)
2325  * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO: user priority value (u8 attribute)
2326  * @NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME: admitted time in units of 32 microseconds
2327  *	(per second) (u16 attribute)
2328  *
2329  * @NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE: SMPS mode to use (ap mode). see
2330  *	&enum nl80211_smps_mode.
2331  *
2332  * @NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS: operating class
2333  *
2334  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK: MAC address mask
2335  *
2336  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG: flag attribute indicating this device
2337  *	is self-managing its regulatory information and any regulatory domain
2338  *	obtained from it is coming from the device's wiphy and not the global
2339  *	cfg80211 regdomain.
2340  *
2341  * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES: extended feature flags contained in a byte
2342  *	array. The feature flags are identified by their bit index (see &enum
2343  *	nl80211_ext_feature_index). The bit index is ordered starting at the
2344  *	least-significant bit of the first byte in the array, ie. bit index 0
2345  *	is located at bit 0 of byte 0. bit index 25 would be located at bit 1
2346  *	of byte 3 (u8 array).
2347  *
2348  * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS: Request overall radio statistics to be
2349  *	returned along with other survey data. If set, @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY
2350  *	may return a survey entry without a channel indicating global radio
2351  *	statistics (only some values are valid and make sense.)
2352  *	For devices that don't return such an entry even then, the information
2353  *	should be contained in the result as the sum of the respective counters
2354  *	over all channels.
2355  *
2356  * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY: delay before the first cycle of a
2357  *	scheduled scan is started.  Or the delay before a WoWLAN
2358  *	net-detect scan is started, counting from the moment the
2359  *	system is suspended.  This value is a u32, in seconds.
2360 
2361  * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR: flag attribute, if set indicates that the device
2362  *      is operating in an indoor environment.
2363  *
2364  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: maximum number of scan plans for
2365  *	scheduled scan supported by the device (u32), a wiphy attribute.
2366  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: maximum interval (in seconds) for
2367  *	a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute.
2368  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: maximum number of iterations in
2369  *	a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute.
2370  * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: a list of scan plans for scheduled scan.
2371  *	Each scan plan defines the number of scan iterations and the interval
2372  *	between scans. The last scan plan will always run infinitely,
2373  *	thus it must not specify the number of iterations, only the interval
2374  *	between scans. The scan plans are executed sequentially.
2375  *	Each scan plan is a nested attribute of &enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan.
2376  * @NL80211_ATTR_PBSS: flag attribute. If set it means operate
2377  *	in a PBSS. Specified in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to request
2378  *	connecting to a PCP, and in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP to start
2379  *	a PCP instead of AP. Relevant for DMG networks only.
2380  * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT: nested attribute for driver supporting the
2381  *	BSS selection feature. When used with %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY it contains
2382  *	attributes according &enum nl80211_bss_select_attr to indicate what
2383  *	BSS selection behaviours are supported. When used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
2384  *	it contains the behaviour-specific attribute containing the parameters for
2385  *	BSS selection to be done by driver and/or firmware.
2386  *
2387  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS: whether P2P PS mechanism supported
2388  *	or not. u8, one of the values of &enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status
2389  *
2390  * @NL80211_ATTR_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
2391  *
2392  * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA: Nested attribute of the following attributes:
2393  *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA,
2394  *	%NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK, to specify the extended capabilities and
2395  *	other interface-type specific capabilities per interface type. For MLO,
2396  *	%NL80211_ATTR_EML_CAPABILITY and %NL80211_ATTR_MLD_CAPA_AND_OPS are
2397  *	present.
2398  *
2399  * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA: array of 24 bytes that defines a MU-MIMO
2400  *	groupID for monitor mode.
2401  *	The first 8 bytes are a mask that defines the membership in each
2402  *	group (there are 64 groups, group 0 and 63 are reserved),
2403  *	each bit represents a group and set to 1 for being a member in
2404  *	that group and 0 for not being a member.
2405  *	The remaining 16 bytes define the position in each group: 2 bits for
2406  *	each group.
2407  *	(smaller group numbers represented on most significant bits and bigger
2408  *	group numbers on least significant bits.)
2409  *	This attribute is used only if all interfaces are in monitor mode.
2410  *	Set this attribute in order to monitor packets using the given MU-MIMO
2411  *	groupID data.
2412  *	to turn off that feature set all the bits of the groupID to zero.
2413  * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR: mac address for the sniffer to follow
2414  *	when using MU-MIMO air sniffer.
2415  *	to turn that feature off set an invalid mac address
2416  *	(e.g. FF:FF:FF:FF:FF:FF)
2417  *
2418  * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF: The time at which the scan was actually
2419  *	started (u64). The time is the TSF of the BSS the interface that
2420  *	requested the scan is connected to (if available, otherwise this
2421  *	attribute must not be included).
2422  * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID: The BSS according to which
2423  *	%NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF is set.
2424  * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION: measurement duration in TUs (u16). If
2425  *	%NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY is not set, this is the
2426  *	maximum measurement duration allowed. This attribute is used with
2427  *	measurement requests. It can also be used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN
2428  *	if the scan is used for beacon report radio measurement.
2429  * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY: flag attribute that indicates
2430  *	that the duration specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION is
2431  *	mandatory. If this flag is not set, the duration is the maximum duration
2432  *	and the actual measurement duration may be shorter.
2433  *
2434  * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID: Association ID for the mesh peer (u16). This is
2435  *	used to pull the stored data for mesh peer in power save state.
2436  *
2437  * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF: the master preference to be used by
2438  *	%NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and optionally with
2439  *	%NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG. Its type is u8 and it can't be 0.
2440  *	Also, values 1 and 255 are reserved for certification purposes and
2441  *	should not be used during a normal device operation.
2442  * @NL80211_ATTR_BANDS: operating bands configuration.  This is a u32
2443  *	bitmask of BIT(NL80211_BAND_*) as described in %enum
2444  *	nl80211_band.  For instance, for NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0
2445  *	would be set.  This attribute is used with
2446  *	%NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG, and
2447  *	it is optional.  If no bands are set, it means don't-care and
2448  *	the device will decide what to use.
2449  * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC: a function that can be added to NAN. See
2450  *	&enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes for description of this nested
2451  *	attribute.
2452  * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH: used to report a match. This is a nested attribute.
2453  *	See &enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes.
2454  * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK: KEK for FILS (Re)Association Request/Response frame
2455  *	protection.
2456  * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES: Nonces (part of AAD) for FILS (Re)Association
2457  *	Request/Response frame protection. This attribute contains the 16 octet
2458  *	STA Nonce followed by 16 octets of AP Nonce.
2459  *
2460  * @NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED: Indicates whether or not multicast
2461  *	packets should be send out as unicast to all stations (flag attribute).
2462  *
2463  * @NL80211_ATTR_BSSID: The BSSID of the AP. Note that %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is also
2464  *	used in various commands/events for specifying the BSSID.
2465  *
2466  * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: Relative RSSI threshold by which
2467  *	other BSSs has to be better or slightly worse than the current
2468  *	connected BSS so that they get reported to user space.
2469  *	This will give an opportunity to userspace to consider connecting to
2470  *	other matching BSSs which have better or slightly worse RSSI than
2471  *	the current connected BSS by using an offloaded operation to avoid
2472  *	unnecessary wakeups.
2473  *
2474  * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for BSSs in
2475  *	the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
2476  *	%NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI based comparison to figure out
2477  *	better BSSs. The attribute value is a packed structure
2478  *	value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
2479  *
2480  * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON: The reason for which an operation timed out.
2481  *	u32 attribute with an &enum nl80211_timeout_reason value. This is used,
2482  *	e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT event.
2483  *
2484  * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP)
2485  *	username part of NAI used to refer keys rRK and rIK. This is used with
2486  *	%NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2487  *
2488  * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP) realm part
2489  *	of NAI specifying the domain name of the ER server. This is used with
2490  *	%NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2491  *
2492  * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM: Unsigned 16-bit ERP next sequence number
2493  *	to use in ERP messages. This is used in generating the FILS wrapped data
2494  *	for FILS authentication and is used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2495  *
2496  * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK: ERP re-authentication Root Key (rRK) for the
2497  *	NAI specified by %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME and
2498  *	%NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM. This is used for generating rIK and rMSK
2499  *	from successful FILS authentication and is used with
2500  *	%NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2501  *
2502  * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID: A 2-octet identifier advertized by a FILS AP
2503  *	identifying the scope of PMKSAs. This is used with
2504  *	@NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA.
2505  *
2506  * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK: attribute for passing PMK key material. Used with
2507  *	%NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA for the PMKSA identified by %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID.
2508  *	For %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP it is used to provide
2509  *	PSK for offloading 4-way handshake for WPA/WPA2-PSK networks. For 802.1X
2510  *	authentication it is used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT
2511  *	support this attribute specifies the PMK-R0 if NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME
2512  *	is included as well.
2513  *
2514  * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI: flag attribute which user-space shall use to
2515  *	indicate that it supports multiple active scheduled scan requests.
2516  * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS: indicates maximum number of scheduled
2517  *	scan request that may be active for the device (u32).
2518  *
2519  * @NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS: flag attribute which user-space can include
2520  *	in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to indicate that for 802.1X authentication it
2521  *	wants to use the supported offload of the 4-way handshake.
2522  * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME: PMK-R0 Name for offloaded FT.
2523  * @NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED: (reserved)
2524  *
2525  * @NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION: Identify the requested external
2526  *     authentication operation (u32 attribute with an
2527  *     &enum nl80211_external_auth_action value). This is used with the
2528  *     %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH request event.
2529  * @NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: Flag attribute indicating that the user
2530  *	space supports external authentication. This attribute shall be used
2531  *	with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP request. The driver
2532  *	may offload authentication processing to user space if this capability
2533  *	is indicated in the respective requests from the user space. (This flag
2534  *	attribute deprecated for %NL80211_CMD_START_AP, use
2535  *	%NL80211_ATTR_AP_SETTINGS_FLAGS)
2536  *
2537  * @NL80211_ATTR_NSS: Station's New/updated  RX_NSS value notified using this
2538  *	u8 attribute. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED.
2539  *
2540  * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_STATS: TXQ statistics (nested attribute, see &enum
2541  *      nl80211_txq_stats)
2542  * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_LIMIT: Total packet limit for the TXQ queues for this phy.
2543  *      The smaller of this and the memory limit is enforced.
2544  * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT: Total memory limit (in bytes) for the
2545  *      TXQ queues for this phy. The smaller of this and the packet limit is
2546  *      enforced.
2547  * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_QUANTUM: TXQ scheduler quantum (bytes). Number of bytes
2548  *      a flow is assigned on each round of the DRR scheduler.
2549  * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_CAPABILITY: HE Capability information element (from
2550  *	association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). Can be set
2551  *	only if %NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME is set.
2552  *
2553  * @NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER: nested attribute which user-space can include
2554  *	in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP or %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON for fine timing
2555  *	measurement (FTM) responder functionality and containing parameters as
2556  *	possible, see &enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attr
2557  *
2558  * @NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS: Nested attribute with FTM responder
2559  *	statistics, see &enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats.
2560  *
2561  * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT: Timeout for the given operation in milliseconds (u32),
2562  *	if the attribute is not given no timeout is requested. Note that 0 is an
2563  *	invalid value.
2564  *
2565  * @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS: peer measurements request (and result)
2566  *	data, uses nested attributes specified in
2567  *	&enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs.
2568  *	This is also used for capability advertisement in the wiphy information,
2569  *	with the appropriate sub-attributes.
2570  *
2571  * @NL80211_ATTR_AIRTIME_WEIGHT: Station's weight when scheduled by the airtime
2572  *	scheduler.
2573  *
2574  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER_SETTING: Transmit power setting type (u8) for
2575  *	station associated with the AP. See &enum nl80211_tx_power_setting for
2576  *	possible values.
2577  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER: Transmit power level (s16) in dBm units. This
2578  *	allows to set Tx power for a station. If this attribute is not included,
2579  *	the default per-interface tx power setting will be overriding. Driver
2580  *	should be picking up the lowest tx power, either tx power per-interface
2581  *	or per-station.
2582  *
2583  * @NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD: attribute for passing SAE password material. It
2584  *	is used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to provide password for offloading
2585  *	SAE authentication for WPA3-Personal networks.
2586  *
2587  * @NL80211_ATTR_TWT_RESPONDER: Enable target wait time responder support.
2588  *
2589  * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_OBSS_PD: nested attribute for OBSS Packet Detection
2590  *	functionality.
2591  *
2592  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_CHANNELS: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz
2593  *	channel(s) that are allowed to be used for EDMG transmissions.
2594  *	Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251. (u8 attribute)
2595  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_BW_CONFIG: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes
2596  *	the allowed channel bandwidth configurations. (u8 attribute)
2597  *	Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251, Table 13.
2598  *
2599  * @NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID: VLAN ID (1..4094) for the station and VLAN group key
2600  *	(u16).
2601  *
2602  * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_BSS_COLOR: nested attribute for BSS Color Settings.
2603  *
2604  * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_AKM_SUITES: nested array attribute, with each entry
2605  *	using attributes from &enum nl80211_iftype_akm_attributes. This
2606  *	attribute is sent in a response to %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY indicating
2607  *	supported AKM suites capability per interface. AKMs advertised in
2608  *	%NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES are default capabilities if AKM suites not
2609  *	advertised for a specific interface type.
2610  *
2611  * @NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG: TID specific configuration in a
2612  *	nested attribute with &enum nl80211_tid_config_attr sub-attributes;
2613  *	on output (in wiphy attributes) it contains only the feature sub-
2614  *	attributes.
2615  *
2616  * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH: disable preauth frame rx on control
2617  *	port in order to forward/receive them as ordinary data frames.
2618  *
2619  * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK_LIFETIME: Maximum lifetime for PMKSA in seconds (u32,
2620  *	dot11RSNAConfigPMKReauthThreshold; 0 is not a valid value).
2621  *	An optional parameter configured through %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA.
2622  *	Drivers that trigger roaming need to know the lifetime of the
2623  *	configured PMKSA for triggering the full vs. PMKSA caching based
2624  *	authentication. This timeout helps authentication methods like SAE,
2625  *	where PMK gets updated only by going through a full (new SAE)
2626  *	authentication instead of getting updated during an association for EAP
2627  *	authentication. No new full authentication within the PMK expiry shall
2628  *	result in a disassociation at the end of the lifetime.
2629  *
2630  * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK_REAUTH_THRESHOLD: Reauthentication threshold time, in
2631  *	terms of percentage of %NL80211_ATTR_PMK_LIFETIME
2632  *	(u8, dot11RSNAConfigPMKReauthThreshold, 1..100). This is an optional
2633  *	parameter configured through %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA. Requests the
2634  *	driver to trigger a full authentication roam (without PMKSA caching)
2635  *	after the reauthentication threshold time, but before the PMK lifetime
2636  *	has expired.
2637  *
2638  *	Authentication methods like SAE need to be able to generate a new PMKSA
2639  *	entry without having to force a disconnection after the PMK timeout. If
2640  *	no roaming occurs between the reauth threshold and PMK expiration,
2641  *	disassociation is still forced.
2642  * @NL80211_ATTR_RECEIVE_MULTICAST: multicast flag for the
2643  *	%NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME command, see the description there.
2644  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET: offset of the associated
2645  *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ in positive KHz. Only valid when supplied with
2646  *	an %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET.
2647  * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1_OFFSET: Center frequency offset in KHz for the
2648  *	first channel segment specified in %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1.
2649  * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ: nested attribute with KHz frequencies
2650  *
2651  * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPABILITY: HE 6 GHz Band Capability element (from
2652  *	association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION).
2653  *
2654  * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_DISCOVERY: Optional parameter to configure FILS
2655  *	discovery. It is a nested attribute, see
2656  *	&enum nl80211_fils_discovery_attributes.
2657  *
2658  * @NL80211_ATTR_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Optional parameter to configure
2659  *	unsolicited broadcast probe response. It is a nested attribute, see
2660  *	&enum nl80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp_attributes.
2661  *
2662  * @NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY: S1G Capability information element (from
2663  *	association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION)
2664  * @NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY_MASK: S1G Capability Information element
2665  *	override mask. Used with NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY in
2666  *	NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE or NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2667  *
2668  * @NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PWE: Indicates the mechanism(s) allowed for SAE PWE
2669  *	derivation in WPA3-Personal networks which are using SAE authentication.
2670  *	This is a u8 attribute that encapsulates one of the values from
2671  *	&enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism.
2672  *
2673  * @NL80211_ATTR_SAR_SPEC: SAR power limitation specification when
2674  *	used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPECS. The message contains fields
2675  *	of %nl80211_sar_attrs which specifies the sar type and related
2676  *	sar specs. Sar specs contains array of %nl80211_sar_specs_attrs.
2677  *
2678  * @NL80211_ATTR_RECONNECT_REQUESTED: flag attribute, used with deauth and
2679  *	disassoc events to indicate that an immediate reconnect to the AP
2680  *	is desired.
2681  *
2682  * @NL80211_ATTR_OBSS_COLOR_BITMAP: bitmap of the u64 BSS colors for the
2683  *	%NL80211_CMD_OBSS_COLOR_COLLISION event.
2684  *
2685  * @NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_COUNT: u8 attribute specifying the number of TBTT's
2686  *	until the color switch event.
2687  * @NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_COLOR: u8 attribute specifying the color that we are
2688  *	switching to
2689  * @NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_ELEMS: Nested set of attributes containing the IE
2690  *	information for the time while performing a color switch.
2691  *
2692  * @NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_CONFIG: Nested attribute for multiple BSSID
2693  *	advertisements (MBSSID) parameters in AP mode.
2694  *	Kernel uses this attribute to indicate the driver's support for MBSSID
2695  *	and enhanced multi-BSSID advertisements (EMA AP) to the userspace.
2696  *	Userspace should use this attribute to configure per interface MBSSID
2697  *	parameters.
2698  *	See &enum nl80211_mbssid_config_attributes for details.
2699  *
2700  * @NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_ELEMS: Nested parameter to pass multiple BSSID elements.
2701  *	Mandatory parameter for the transmitting interface to enable MBSSID.
2702  *	Optional for the non-transmitting interfaces.
2703  *
2704  * @NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_BACKGROUND: Configure dedicated offchannel chain
2705  *	available for radar/CAC detection on some hw. This chain can't be used
2706  *	to transmit or receive frames and it is bounded to a running wdev.
2707  *	Background radar/CAC detection allows to avoid the CAC downtime
2708  *	switching on a different channel during CAC detection on the selected
2709  *	radar channel.
2710  *
2711  * @NL80211_ATTR_AP_SETTINGS_FLAGS: u32 attribute contains ap settings flags,
2712  *	enumerated in &enum nl80211_ap_settings_flags. This attribute shall be
2713  *	used with %NL80211_CMD_START_AP request.
2714  *
2715  * @NL80211_ATTR_EHT_CAPABILITY: EHT Capability information element (from
2716  *	association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). Can be set
2717  *	only if %NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME is set.
2718  *
2719  * @NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID: A (u8) link ID for use with MLO, to be used with
2720  *	various commands that need a link ID to operate.
2721  * @NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINKS: A nested array of links, each containing some
2722  *	per-link information and a link ID.
2723  * @NL80211_ATTR_MLD_ADDR: An MLD address, used with various commands such as
2724  *	authenticate/associate.
2725  *
2726  * @NL80211_ATTR_MLO_SUPPORT: Flag attribute to indicate user space supports MLO
2727  *	connection. Used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. If this attribute is not
2728  *	included in NL80211_CMD_CONNECT drivers must not perform MLO connection.
2729  *
2730  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES: U16 attribute. Indicates maximum number of
2731  *	AKM suites allowed for %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT, %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and
2732  *	%NL80211_CMD_START_AP in %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY response. If this
2733  *	attribute is not present userspace shall consider maximum number of AKM
2734  *	suites allowed as %NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES which is the legacy maximum
2735  *	number prior to the introduction of this attribute.
2736  *
2737  * @NL80211_ATTR_EML_CAPABILITY: EML Capability information (u16)
2738  * @NL80211_ATTR_MLD_CAPA_AND_OPS: MLD Capabilities and Operations (u16)
2739  *
2740  * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_HW_TIMESTAMP: Hardware timestamp for TX operation in
2741  *	nanoseconds (u64). This is the device clock timestamp so it will
2742  *	probably reset when the device is stopped or the firmware is reset.
2743  *	When used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS, indicates the frame TX
2744  *	timestamp. When used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME RX notification, indicates
2745  *	the ack TX timestamp.
2746  * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_HW_TIMESTAMP: Hardware timestamp for RX operation in
2747  *	nanoseconds (u64). This is the device clock timestamp so it will
2748  *	probably reset when the device is stopped or the firmware is reset.
2749  *	When used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS, indicates the ack RX
2750  *	timestamp. When used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME RX notification, indicates
2751  *	the incoming frame RX timestamp.
2752  * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR: total number of nl80211_attrs available
2753  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number currently defined
2754  * @__NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
2755  */
2756 enum nl80211_attrs {
2757 /* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */
2758 	NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC,
2759 
2760 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY,
2761 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME,
2762 
2763 	NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX,
2764 	NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME,
2765 	NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE,
2766 
2767 	NL80211_ATTR_MAC,
2768 
2769 	NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA,
2770 	NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX,
2771 	NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER,
2772 	NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ,
2773 	NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT,
2774 
2775 	NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL,
2776 	NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD,
2777 	NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD,
2778 	NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL,
2779 
2780 	NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID,
2781 	NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS,
2782 	NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL,
2783 	NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES,
2784 	NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN,
2785 	NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO,
2786 
2787 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS,
2788 
2789 	NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS,
2790 
2791 	NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID,
2792 	NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION,
2793 	NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP,
2794 	NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO,
2795 
2796 	NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT,
2797 	NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
2798 	NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME,
2799 
2800 	NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY,
2801 
2802 	NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES,
2803 
2804 	NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2,
2805 	NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES,
2806 
2807 	NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG,
2808 
2809 	NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES,
2810 
2811 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS,
2812 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ,
2813 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE,
2814 
2815 	NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT,
2816 
2817 	NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE,
2818 	NL80211_ATTR_IE,
2819 
2820 	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS,
2821 
2822 	NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES,
2823 	NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS,
2824 	NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION, /* replaces old SCAN_GENERATION */
2825 	NL80211_ATTR_BSS,
2826 
2827 	NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR,
2828 	NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE,
2829 
2830 	NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS,
2831 
2832 	NL80211_ATTR_FRAME,
2833 	NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
2834 	NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE,
2835 	NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE,
2836 
2837 	NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE,
2838 
2839 	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN,
2840 	NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES,
2841 
2842 	NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE,
2843 	NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER,
2844 
2845 	NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED,
2846 
2847 
2848 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT,
2849 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG,
2850 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD,
2851 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD,
2852 
2853 	NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT,
2854 
2855 	NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP,
2856 
2857 	NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2,
2858 
2859 	NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT,
2860 
2861 	NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA,
2862 
2863 	NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY,
2864 
2865 	NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP,
2866 	NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE,
2867 
2868 	NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE,
2869 	NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP,
2870 	NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS,
2871 	NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES,
2872 
2873 	NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE,
2874 	NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE,
2875 
2876 	NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID,
2877 
2878 	NL80211_ATTR_KEY,
2879 	NL80211_ATTR_KEYS,
2880 
2881 	NL80211_ATTR_PID,
2882 
2883 	NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR,
2884 
2885 	NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO,
2886 
2887 	NL80211_ATTR_PMKID,
2888 	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS,
2889 
2890 	NL80211_ATTR_DURATION,
2891 
2892 	NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE,
2893 
2894 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS,
2895 
2896 	NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES,
2897 
2898 	NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH,
2899 
2900 	NL80211_ATTR_ACK,
2901 
2902 	NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE,
2903 
2904 	NL80211_ATTR_CQM,
2905 
2906 	NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE,
2907 
2908 	NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE,
2909 
2910 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING,
2911 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL,
2912 
2913 	NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES,
2914 	NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES,
2915 	NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE,
2916 
2917 	NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
2918 	NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT,
2919 
2920 	NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN,
2921 
2922 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX,
2923 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX,
2924 
2925 	NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE,
2926 
2927 	NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK,
2928 
2929 	NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE,
2930 
2931 	NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES,
2932 
2933 	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION,
2934 
2935 	NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP,
2936 
2937 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX,
2938 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX,
2939 
2940 	NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH,
2941 	NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE,
2942 
2943 	NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS,
2944 	NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED,
2945 
2946 	NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL,
2947 
2948 	NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS,
2949 	NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES,
2950 
2951 	NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA,
2952 
2953 	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS,
2954 	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN,
2955 
2956 	NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES,
2957 
2958 	NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID,
2959 
2960 	NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP,
2961 	NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP,
2962 
2963 	NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME,
2964 	NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD,
2965 
2966 	NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT,
2967 
2968 	NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH,
2969 	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS,
2970 
2971 	NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
2972 
2973 	NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE,
2974 
2975 	NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION,
2976 	NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN,
2977 	NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION,
2978 	NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT,
2979 	NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP,
2980 
2981 	NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME,
2982 
2983 	NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK,
2984 
2985 	NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS,
2986 
2987 	NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD,
2988 
2989 	NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP,
2990 
2991 	NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION,
2992 
2993 	NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT,
2994 	NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK,
2995 
2996 	NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP,
2997 
2998 	NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT,
2999 
3000 	NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM,
3001 
3002 	NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD,
3003 
3004 	NL80211_ATTR_WDEV,
3005 
3006 	NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE,
3007 
3008 	NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON,
3009 
3010 	NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA,
3011 
3012 	NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY,
3013 
3014 	NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS,
3015 
3016 	NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH,
3017 	NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1,
3018 	NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2,
3019 
3020 	NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW,
3021 	NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS,
3022 
3023 	NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE,
3024 
3025 	NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY,
3026 
3027 	NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS,
3028 
3029 	NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX,
3030 
3031 	NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT,
3032 
3033 	NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA,
3034 	NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK,
3035 
3036 	NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY,
3037 	NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY,
3038 
3039 	NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES,
3040 	NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP,
3041 
3042 	NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_VHT,
3043 	NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY_MASK,
3044 
3045 	NL80211_ATTR_MDID,
3046 	NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC,
3047 
3048 	NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID,
3049 	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION,
3050 
3051 	NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID,
3052 
3053 	NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE,
3054 
3055 	NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT,
3056 	NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX,
3057 	NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES,
3058 	NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_BEACON,
3059 	NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_PRESP,
3060 
3061 	NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS,
3062 
3063 	NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS,
3064 
3065 	NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES,
3066 
3067 	NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS,
3068 
3069 	NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ,
3070 	NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ,
3071 
3072 	NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF,
3073 
3074 	NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID,
3075 	NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD,
3076 	NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA,
3077 	NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS,
3078 
3079 	NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP,
3080 
3081 	NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT,
3082 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT,
3083 
3084 	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA,
3085 
3086 	NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY,
3087 
3088 	NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER,
3089 
3090 	NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX,
3091 	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS,
3092 
3093 	NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR,
3094 
3095 	NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM,
3096 
3097 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK,
3098 
3099 	NL80211_ATTR_TSID,
3100 	NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO,
3101 	NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME,
3102 
3103 	NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE,
3104 
3105 	NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS,
3106 
3107 	NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK,
3108 
3109 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG,
3110 
3111 	NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES,
3112 
3113 	NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS,
3114 
3115 	NL80211_ATTR_NETNS_FD,
3116 
3117 	NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY,
3118 
3119 	NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR,
3120 
3121 	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS,
3122 	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL,
3123 	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS,
3124 	NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS,
3125 
3126 	NL80211_ATTR_PBSS,
3127 
3128 	NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT,
3129 
3130 	NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS,
3131 
3132 	NL80211_ATTR_PAD,
3133 
3134 	NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA,
3135 
3136 	NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA,
3137 	NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR,
3138 
3139 	NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF,
3140 	NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID,
3141 	NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION,
3142 	NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY,
3143 
3144 	NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID,
3145 
3146 	NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF,
3147 	NL80211_ATTR_BANDS,
3148 	NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC,
3149 	NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH,
3150 
3151 	NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK,
3152 	NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES,
3153 
3154 	NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED,
3155 
3156 	NL80211_ATTR_BSSID,
3157 
3158 	NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI,
3159 	NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST,
3160 
3161 	NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON,
3162 
3163 	NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME,
3164 	NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM,
3165 	NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM,
3166 	NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK,
3167 	NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID,
3168 
3169 	NL80211_ATTR_PMK,
3170 
3171 	NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI,
3172 	NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS,
3173 
3174 	NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS,
3175 	NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME,
3176 	NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED,
3177 
3178 	NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION,
3179 	NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT,
3180 
3181 	NL80211_ATTR_NSS,
3182 	NL80211_ATTR_ACK_SIGNAL,
3183 
3184 	NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211,
3185 
3186 	NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_STATS,
3187 	NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_LIMIT,
3188 	NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT,
3189 	NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_QUANTUM,
3190 
3191 	NL80211_ATTR_HE_CAPABILITY,
3192 
3193 	NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER,
3194 
3195 	NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS,
3196 
3197 	NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT,
3198 
3199 	NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS,
3200 
3201 	NL80211_ATTR_AIRTIME_WEIGHT,
3202 	NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER_SETTING,
3203 	NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER,
3204 
3205 	NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD,
3206 
3207 	NL80211_ATTR_TWT_RESPONDER,
3208 
3209 	NL80211_ATTR_HE_OBSS_PD,
3210 
3211 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_CHANNELS,
3212 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_BW_CONFIG,
3213 
3214 	NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID,
3215 
3216 	NL80211_ATTR_HE_BSS_COLOR,
3217 
3218 	NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_AKM_SUITES,
3219 
3220 	NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG,
3221 
3222 	NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH,
3223 
3224 	NL80211_ATTR_PMK_LIFETIME,
3225 	NL80211_ATTR_PMK_REAUTH_THRESHOLD,
3226 
3227 	NL80211_ATTR_RECEIVE_MULTICAST,
3228 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET,
3229 	NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1_OFFSET,
3230 	NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ,
3231 
3232 	NL80211_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPABILITY,
3233 
3234 	NL80211_ATTR_FILS_DISCOVERY,
3235 
3236 	NL80211_ATTR_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP,
3237 
3238 	NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY,
3239 	NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY_MASK,
3240 
3241 	NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PWE,
3242 
3243 	NL80211_ATTR_RECONNECT_REQUESTED,
3244 
3245 	NL80211_ATTR_SAR_SPEC,
3246 
3247 	NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HE,
3248 
3249 	NL80211_ATTR_OBSS_COLOR_BITMAP,
3250 
3251 	NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_COUNT,
3252 	NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_COLOR,
3253 	NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_ELEMS,
3254 
3255 	NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_CONFIG,
3256 	NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_ELEMS,
3257 
3258 	NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_BACKGROUND,
3259 
3260 	NL80211_ATTR_AP_SETTINGS_FLAGS,
3261 
3262 	NL80211_ATTR_EHT_CAPABILITY,
3263 
3264 	NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_EHT,
3265 
3266 	NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINKS,
3267 	NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID,
3268 	NL80211_ATTR_MLD_ADDR,
3269 
3270 	NL80211_ATTR_MLO_SUPPORT,
3271 
3272 	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES,
3273 
3274 	NL80211_ATTR_EML_CAPABILITY,
3275 	NL80211_ATTR_MLD_CAPA_AND_OPS,
3276 
3277 	NL80211_ATTR_TX_HW_TIMESTAMP,
3278 	NL80211_ATTR_RX_HW_TIMESTAMP,
3279 
3280 	/* add attributes here, update the policy in nl80211.c */
3281 
3282 	__NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3283 	NUM_NL80211_ATTR = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3284 	NL80211_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3285 };
3286 
3287 /* source-level API compatibility */
3288 #define NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_GENERATION NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION
3289 #define	NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG
3290 #define NL80211_ATTR_IFACE_SOCKET_OWNER NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER
3291 #define NL80211_ATTR_SAE_DATA NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA
3292 #define NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_BEACON NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_BEACON
3293 #define NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_PRESP NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_PRESP
3294 
3295 /*
3296  * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new attributes by defining them
3297  * here
3298  */
3299 #define NL80211_CMD_CONNECT NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
3300 #define NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY
3301 #define NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES
3302 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS
3303 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
3304 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE
3305 #define NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE
3306 #define NL80211_ATTR_IE NL80211_ATTR_IE
3307 #define NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR
3308 #define NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE
3309 #define NL80211_ATTR_FRAME NL80211_ATTR_FRAME
3310 #define NL80211_ATTR_SSID NL80211_ATTR_SSID
3311 #define NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE
3312 #define NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE
3313 #define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE
3314 #define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP
3315 #define NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS
3316 #define NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES
3317 #define NL80211_ATTR_KEY NL80211_ATTR_KEY
3318 #define NL80211_ATTR_KEYS NL80211_ATTR_KEYS
3319 #define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS
3320 
3321 #define NL80211_WIPHY_NAME_MAXLEN		64
3322 
3323 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES			32
3324 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_HT_RATES		77
3325 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_REG_RULES		128
3326 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_ENCR_KEY	0
3327 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_TX_MIC_KEY	16
3328 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_RX_MIC_KEY	24
3329 #define NL80211_HT_CAPABILITY_LEN		26
3330 #define NL80211_VHT_CAPABILITY_LEN		12
3331 #define NL80211_HE_MIN_CAPABILITY_LEN           16
3332 #define NL80211_HE_MAX_CAPABILITY_LEN           54
3333 #define NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES		5
3334 
3335 /*
3336  * NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES is obsolete when %NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES
3337  * present in %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY response.
3338  */
3339 #define NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES		2
3340 #define NL80211_EHT_MIN_CAPABILITY_LEN          13
3341 #define NL80211_EHT_MAX_CAPABILITY_LEN          51
3342 
3343 #define NL80211_MIN_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_TIME	10
3344 
3345 /* default RSSI threshold for scan results if none specified. */
3346 #define NL80211_SCAN_RSSI_THOLD_OFF		-300
3347 
3348 #define NL80211_CQM_TXE_MAX_INTVL		1800
3349 
3350 /**
3351  * enum nl80211_iftype - (virtual) interface types
3352  *
3353  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified type, driver decides
3354  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC: independent BSS member
3355  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION: managed BSS member
3356  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP: access point
3357  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN: VLAN interface for access points; VLAN interfaces
3358  *	are a bit special in that they must always be tied to a pre-existing
3359  *	AP type interface.
3360  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS: wireless distribution interface
3361  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR: monitor interface receiving all frames
3362  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT: mesh point
3363  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT: P2P client
3364  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO: P2P group owner
3365  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE: P2P device interface type, this is not a netdev
3366  *	and therefore can't be created in the normal ways, use the
3367  *	%NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE and %NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE
3368  *	commands to create and destroy one
3369  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_OCB: Outside Context of a BSS
3370  *	This mode corresponds to the MIB variable dot11OCBActivated=true
3371  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN: NAN device interface type (not a netdev)
3372  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX: highest interface type number currently defined
3373  * @NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES: number of defined interface types
3374  *
3375  * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE
3376  * to set the type of an interface.
3377  *
3378  */
3379 enum nl80211_iftype {
3380 	NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED,
3381 	NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC,
3382 	NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION,
3383 	NL80211_IFTYPE_AP,
3384 	NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN,
3385 	NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS,
3386 	NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR,
3387 	NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT,
3388 	NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT,
3389 	NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO,
3390 	NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE,
3391 	NL80211_IFTYPE_OCB,
3392 	NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN,
3393 
3394 	/* keep last */
3395 	NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES,
3396 	NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES - 1
3397 };
3398 
3399 /**
3400  * enum nl80211_sta_flags - station flags
3401  *
3402  * Station flags. When a station is added to an AP interface, it is
3403  * assumed to be already associated (and hence authenticated.)
3404  *
3405  * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3406  * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED: station is authorized (802.1X)
3407  * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE: station is capable of receiving frames
3408  *	with short barker preamble
3409  * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME: station is WME/QoS capable
3410  * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP: station uses management frame protection
3411  * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED: station is authenticated
3412  * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER: station is a TDLS peer -- this flag should
3413  *	only be used in managed mode (even in the flags mask). Note that the
3414  *	flag can't be changed, it is only valid while adding a station, and
3415  *	attempts to change it will silently be ignored (rather than rejected
3416  *	as errors.)
3417  * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED: station is associated; used with drivers
3418  *	that support %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE to transition a
3419  *	previously added station into associated state
3420  * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX: highest station flag number currently defined
3421  * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3422  */
3423 enum nl80211_sta_flags {
3424 	__NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID,
3425 	NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED,
3426 	NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
3427 	NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME,
3428 	NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP,
3429 	NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED,
3430 	NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER,
3431 	NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED,
3432 
3433 	/* keep last */
3434 	__NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST,
3435 	NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1
3436 };
3437 
3438 /**
3439  * enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status - station support of P2P PS
3440  *
3441  * @NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED: station doesn't support P2P PS mechanism
3442  * @@NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED: station supports P2P PS mechanism
3443  * @NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS: number of values
3444  */
3445 enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status {
3446 	NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED = 0,
3447 	NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED,
3448 
3449 	NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS,
3450 };
3451 
3452 #define NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX_OLD_API	NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER
3453 
3454 /**
3455  * struct nl80211_sta_flag_update - station flags mask/set
3456  * @mask: mask of station flags to set
3457  * @set: which values to set them to
3458  *
3459  * Both mask and set contain bits as per &enum nl80211_sta_flags.
3460  */
3461 struct nl80211_sta_flag_update {
3462 	__u32 mask;
3463 	__u32 set;
3464 } __attribute__((packed));
3465 
3466 /**
3467  * enum nl80211_he_gi - HE guard interval
3468  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_0_8: 0.8 usec
3469  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_1_6: 1.6 usec
3470  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_3_2: 3.2 usec
3471  */
3472 enum nl80211_he_gi {
3473 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_0_8,
3474 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_1_6,
3475 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_3_2,
3476 };
3477 
3478 /**
3479  * enum nl80211_he_ltf - HE long training field
3480  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_1xLTF: 3.2 usec
3481  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_2xLTF: 6.4 usec
3482  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_4xLTF: 12.8 usec
3483  */
3484 enum nl80211_he_ltf {
3485 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_1XLTF,
3486 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_2XLTF,
3487 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_4XLTF,
3488 };
3489 
3490 /**
3491  * enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc - HE RU allocation values
3492  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_26: 26-tone RU allocation
3493  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_52: 52-tone RU allocation
3494  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_106: 106-tone RU allocation
3495  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_242: 242-tone RU allocation
3496  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_484: 484-tone RU allocation
3497  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_996: 996-tone RU allocation
3498  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_2x996: 2x996-tone RU allocation
3499  */
3500 enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc {
3501 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_26,
3502 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_52,
3503 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_106,
3504 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_242,
3505 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_484,
3506 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_996,
3507 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_2x996,
3508 };
3509 
3510 /**
3511  * enum nl80211_eht_gi - EHT guard interval
3512  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_0_8: 0.8 usec
3513  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_1_6: 1.6 usec
3514  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_3_2: 3.2 usec
3515  */
3516 enum nl80211_eht_gi {
3517 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_0_8,
3518 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_1_6,
3519 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_3_2,
3520 };
3521 
3522 /**
3523  * enum nl80211_eht_ru_alloc - EHT RU allocation values
3524  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_26: 26-tone RU allocation
3525  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_52: 52-tone RU allocation
3526  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_52P26: 52+26-tone RU allocation
3527  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_106: 106-tone RU allocation
3528  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_106P26: 106+26 tone RU allocation
3529  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_242: 242-tone RU allocation
3530  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_484: 484-tone RU allocation
3531  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_484P242: 484+242 tone RU allocation
3532  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996: 996-tone RU allocation
3533  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996P484: 996+484 tone RU allocation
3534  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996P484P242: 996+484+242 tone RU allocation
3535  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_2x996: 2x996-tone RU allocation
3536  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_2x996P484: 2x996+484 tone RU allocation
3537  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_3x996: 3x996-tone RU allocation
3538  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_3x996P484: 3x996+484 tone RU allocation
3539  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_4x996: 4x996-tone RU allocation
3540  */
3541 enum nl80211_eht_ru_alloc {
3542 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_26,
3543 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_52,
3544 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_52P26,
3545 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_106,
3546 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_106P26,
3547 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_242,
3548 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_484,
3549 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_484P242,
3550 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996,
3551 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996P484,
3552 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996P484P242,
3553 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_2x996,
3554 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_2x996P484,
3555 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_3x996,
3556 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_3x996P484,
3557 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_4x996,
3558 };
3559 
3560 /**
3561  * enum nl80211_rate_info - bitrate information
3562  *
3563  * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_TXRATE
3564  * when getting information about the bitrate of a station.
3565  * There are 2 attributes for bitrate, a legacy one that represents
3566  * a 16-bit value, and new one that represents a 32-bit value.
3567  * If the rate value fits into 16 bit, both attributes are reported
3568  * with the same value. If the rate is too high to fit into 16 bits
3569  * (>6.5535Gbps) only 32-bit attribute is included.
3570  * User space tools encouraged to use the 32-bit attribute and fall
3571  * back to the 16-bit one for compatibility with older kernels.
3572  *
3573  * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3574  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE: total bitrate (u16, 100kbit/s)
3575  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS: mcs index for 802.11n (u8)
3576  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH: 40 MHz dualchannel bitrate
3577  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval
3578  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32: total bitrate (u32, 100kbit/s)
3579  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX: highest rate_info number currently defined
3580  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS: MCS index for VHT (u8)
3581  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS: number of streams in VHT (u8)
3582  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH: 80 MHz VHT rate
3583  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH: unused - 80+80 is treated the
3584  *	same as 160 for purposes of the bitrates
3585  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH: 160 MHz VHT rate
3586  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH: 10 MHz width - note that this is
3587  *	a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e.
3588  *	half the base (20 MHz) rate
3589  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH: 5 MHz width - note that this is
3590  *	a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e.
3591  *	a quarter of the base (20 MHz) rate
3592  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_MCS: HE MCS index (u8, 0-11)
3593  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_NSS: HE NSS value (u8, 1-8)
3594  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI: HE guard interval identifier
3595  *	(u8, see &enum nl80211_he_gi)
3596  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_DCM: HE DCM value (u8, 0/1)
3597  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_RU_ALLOC: HE RU allocation, if not present then
3598  *	non-OFDMA was used (u8, see &enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc)
3599  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_320_MHZ_WIDTH: 320 MHz bitrate
3600  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_MCS: EHT MCS index (u8, 0-15)
3601  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_NSS: EHT NSS value (u8, 1-8)
3602  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI: EHT guard interval identifier
3603  *	(u8, see &enum nl80211_eht_gi)
3604  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC: EHT RU allocation, if not present then
3605  *	non-OFDMA was used (u8, see &enum nl80211_eht_ru_alloc)
3606  * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3607  */
3608 enum nl80211_rate_info {
3609 	__NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID,
3610 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE,
3611 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS,
3612 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH,
3613 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI,
3614 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32,
3615 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS,
3616 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS,
3617 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH,
3618 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH,
3619 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH,
3620 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH,
3621 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH,
3622 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_MCS,
3623 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_NSS,
3624 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI,
3625 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_DCM,
3626 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC,
3627 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_320_MHZ_WIDTH,
3628 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_MCS,
3629 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_NSS,
3630 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI,
3631 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC,
3632 
3633 	/* keep last */
3634 	__NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
3635 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
3636 };
3637 
3638 /**
3639  * enum nl80211_sta_bss_param - BSS information collected by STA
3640  *
3641  * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM
3642  * when getting information about the bitrate of a station.
3643  *
3644  * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3645  * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (flag)
3646  * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE:  whether short preamble is enabled
3647  *	(flag)
3648  * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME:  whether short slot time is enabled
3649  *	(flag)
3650  * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing (u8)
3651  * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL: Beacon interval (u16)
3652  * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX: highest sta_bss_param number currently defined
3653  * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3654  */
3655 enum nl80211_sta_bss_param {
3656 	__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID,
3657 	NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT,
3658 	NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
3659 	NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME,
3660 	NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD,
3661 	NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL,
3662 
3663 	/* keep last */
3664 	__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST,
3665 	NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX = __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST - 1
3666 };
3667 
3668 /**
3669  * enum nl80211_sta_info - station information
3670  *
3671  * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO
3672  * when getting information about a station.
3673  *
3674  * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3675  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME: time since last activity (u32, msecs)
3676  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES: total received bytes (MPDU length)
3677  *	(u32, from this station)
3678  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length)
3679  *	(u32, to this station)
3680  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64: total received bytes (MPDU length)
3681  *	(u64, from this station)
3682  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length)
3683  *	(u64, to this station)
3684  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL: signal strength of last received PPDU (u8, dBm)
3685  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE: current unicast tx rate, nested attribute
3686  * 	containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_rate_info
3687  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS: total received packet (MSDUs and MMPDUs)
3688  *	(u32, from this station)
3689  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS: total transmitted packets (MSDUs and MMPDUs)
3690  *	(u32, to this station)
3691  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES: total retries (MPDUs) (u32, to this station)
3692  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED: total failed packets (MPDUs)
3693  *	(u32, to this station)
3694  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average (u8, dBm)
3695  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID: the station's mesh LLID
3696  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID: the station's mesh PLID
3697  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE: peer link state for the station
3698  *	(see %enum nl80211_plink_state)
3699  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE: last unicast data frame rx rate, nested
3700  *	attribute, like NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE.
3701  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM: current station's view of BSS, nested attribute
3702  *     containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_bss_param
3703  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME: time since the station is last connected
3704  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS: Contains a struct nl80211_sta_flag_update.
3705  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS: count of times beacon loss was detected (u32)
3706  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET: timing offset with respect to this STA (s64)
3707  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM: local mesh STA link-specific power mode
3708  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM: peer mesh STA link-specific power mode
3709  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM: neighbor mesh STA power save mode towards
3710  *	non-peer STA
3711  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last PPDU
3712  *	Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm)
3713  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG: per-chain signal strength average
3714  *	Same format as NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL.
3715  * @NL80211_STA_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT: expected throughput considering also the
3716  *	802.11 header (u32, kbps)
3717  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC: RX packets dropped for unspecified reasons
3718  *	(u64)
3719  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX: number of beacons received from this peer (u64)
3720  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average
3721  *	for beacons only (u8, dBm)
3722  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS: per-TID statistics (see &enum nl80211_tid_stats)
3723  *	This is a nested attribute where each the inner attribute number is the
3724  *	TID+1 and the special TID 16 (i.e. value 17) is used for non-QoS frames;
3725  *	each one of those is again nested with &enum nl80211_tid_stats
3726  *	attributes carrying the actual values.
3727  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION: aggregate PPDU duration for all frames
3728  *	received from the station (u64, usec)
3729  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
3730  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL: signal strength of the last ACK frame(u8, dBm)
3731  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG: avg signal strength of ACK frames (s8, dBm)
3732  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_MPDUS: total number of received packets (MPDUs)
3733  *	(u32, from this station)
3734  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_FCS_ERROR_COUNT: total number of packets (MPDUs) received
3735  *	with an FCS error (u32, from this station). This count may not include
3736  *	some packets with an FCS error due to TA corruption. Hence this counter
3737  *	might not be fully accurate.
3738  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_GATE: set to true if STA has a path to a
3739  *	mesh gate (u8, 0 or 1)
3740  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_DURATION: aggregate PPDU duration for all frames
3741  *	sent to the station (u64, usec)
3742  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_WEIGHT: current airtime weight for station (u16)
3743  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_LINK_METRIC: airtime link metric for mesh station
3744  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ASSOC_AT_BOOTTIME: Timestamp (CLOCK_BOOTTIME, nanoseconds)
3745  *	of STA's association
3746  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_AS: set to true if STA has a path to a
3747  *	authentication server (u8, 0 or 1)
3748  * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal
3749  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX: highest possible station info attribute
3750  */
3751 enum nl80211_sta_info {
3752 	__NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID,
3753 	NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME,
3754 	NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES,
3755 	NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES,
3756 	NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID,
3757 	NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID,
3758 	NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE,
3759 	NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL,
3760 	NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE,
3761 	NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS,
3762 	NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS,
3763 	NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES,
3764 	NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED,
3765 	NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG,
3766 	NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE,
3767 	NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM,
3768 	NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME,
3769 	NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS,
3770 	NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS,
3771 	NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET,
3772 	NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM,
3773 	NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM,
3774 	NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM,
3775 	NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64,
3776 	NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64,
3777 	NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL,
3778 	NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG,
3779 	NL80211_STA_INFO_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT,
3780 	NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC,
3781 	NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX,
3782 	NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG,
3783 	NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS,
3784 	NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION,
3785 	NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD,
3786 	NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL,
3787 	NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG,
3788 	NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_MPDUS,
3789 	NL80211_STA_INFO_FCS_ERROR_COUNT,
3790 	NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_GATE,
3791 	NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_DURATION,
3792 	NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_WEIGHT,
3793 	NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_LINK_METRIC,
3794 	NL80211_STA_INFO_ASSOC_AT_BOOTTIME,
3795 	NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_AS,
3796 
3797 	/* keep last */
3798 	__NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
3799 	NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
3800 };
3801 
3802 /* we renamed this - stay compatible */
3803 #define NL80211_STA_INFO_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG
3804 
3805 
3806 /**
3807  * enum nl80211_tid_stats - per TID statistics attributes
3808  * @__NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3809  * @NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU: number of MSDUs received (u64)
3810  * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU: number of MSDUs transmitted (or
3811  *	attempted to transmit; u64)
3812  * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES: number of retries for
3813  *	transmitted MSDUs (not counting the first attempt; u64)
3814  * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED: number of failed transmitted
3815  *	MSDUs (u64)
3816  * @NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
3817  * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TXQ_STATS: TXQ stats (nested attribute)
3818  * @NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS: number of attributes here
3819  * @NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here
3820  */
3821 enum nl80211_tid_stats {
3822 	__NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID,
3823 	NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU,
3824 	NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU,
3825 	NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES,
3826 	NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED,
3827 	NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD,
3828 	NL80211_TID_STATS_TXQ_STATS,
3829 
3830 	/* keep last */
3831 	NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS,
3832 	NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX = NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS - 1
3833 };
3834 
3835 /**
3836  * enum nl80211_txq_stats - per TXQ statistics attributes
3837  * @__NL80211_TXQ_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3838  * @NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS: number of attributes here
3839  * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_BYTES: number of bytes currently backlogged
3840  * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_PACKETS: number of packets currently
3841  *      backlogged
3842  * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_FLOWS: total number of new flows seen
3843  * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_DROPS: total number of packet drops
3844  * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_ECN_MARKS: total number of packet ECN marks
3845  * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERLIMIT: number of drops due to queue space overflow
3846  * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERMEMORY: number of drops due to memory limit overflow
3847  *      (only for per-phy stats)
3848  * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_COLLISIONS: number of hash collisions
3849  * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_BYTES: total number of bytes dequeued from TXQ
3850  * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_PACKETS: total number of packets dequeued from TXQ
3851  * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX_FLOWS: number of flow buckets for PHY
3852  * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here
3853  */
3854 enum nl80211_txq_stats {
3855 	__NL80211_TXQ_STATS_INVALID,
3856 	NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_BYTES,
3857 	NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_PACKETS,
3858 	NL80211_TXQ_STATS_FLOWS,
3859 	NL80211_TXQ_STATS_DROPS,
3860 	NL80211_TXQ_STATS_ECN_MARKS,
3861 	NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERLIMIT,
3862 	NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERMEMORY,
3863 	NL80211_TXQ_STATS_COLLISIONS,
3864 	NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_BYTES,
3865 	NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_PACKETS,
3866 	NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX_FLOWS,
3867 
3868 	/* keep last */
3869 	NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS,
3870 	NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX = NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS - 1
3871 };
3872 
3873 /**
3874  * enum nl80211_mpath_flags - nl80211 mesh path flags
3875  *
3876  * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE: the mesh path is active
3877  * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING: the mesh path discovery process is running
3878  * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID: the mesh path contains a valid SN
3879  * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED: the mesh path has been manually set
3880  * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED: the mesh path discovery process succeeded
3881  */
3882 enum nl80211_mpath_flags {
3883 	NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE =	1<<0,
3884 	NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING =	1<<1,
3885 	NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID =	1<<2,
3886 	NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED =	1<<3,
3887 	NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED =	1<<4,
3888 };
3889 
3890 /**
3891  * enum nl80211_mpath_info - mesh path information
3892  *
3893  * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO when getting
3894  * information about a mesh path.
3895  *
3896  * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3897  * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: number of queued frames for this destination
3898  * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN: destination sequence number
3899  * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC: metric (cost) of this mesh path
3900  * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: expiration time for the path, in msec from now
3901  * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: mesh path flags, enumerated in
3902  * 	&enum nl80211_mpath_flags;
3903  * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: total path discovery timeout, in msec
3904  * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: mesh path discovery retries
3905  * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT: hop count to destination
3906  * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE: total number of path changes to destination
3907  * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX: highest mesh path information attribute number
3908  *	currently defined
3909  * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3910  */
3911 enum nl80211_mpath_info {
3912 	__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID,
3913 	NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN,
3914 	NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN,
3915 	NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC,
3916 	NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME,
3917 	NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS,
3918 	NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT,
3919 	NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES,
3920 	NL80211_MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT,
3921 	NL80211_MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE,
3922 
3923 	/* keep last */
3924 	__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
3925 	NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
3926 };
3927 
3928 /**
3929  * enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr - Interface type data attributes
3930  *
3931  * @__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3932  * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing a flag attribute
3933  *     for each interface type that supports the band data
3934  * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MAC: HE MAC capabilities as in HE
3935  *     capabilities IE
3936  * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PHY: HE PHY capabilities as in HE
3937  *     capabilities IE
3938  * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MCS_SET: HE supported NSS/MCS as in HE
3939  *     capabilities IE
3940  * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PPE: HE PPE thresholds information as
3941  *     defined in HE capabilities IE
3942  * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPA: HE 6GHz band capabilities (__le16),
3943  *	given for all 6 GHz band channels
3944  * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_VENDOR_ELEMS: vendor element capabilities that are
3945  *	advertised on this band/for this iftype (binary)
3946  * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_MAC: EHT MAC capabilities as in EHT
3947  *	capabilities element
3948  * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_PHY: EHT PHY capabilities as in EHT
3949  *	capabilities element
3950  * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_MCS_SET: EHT supported NSS/MCS as in EHT
3951  *	capabilities element
3952  * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_PPE: EHT PPE thresholds information as
3953  *	defined in EHT capabilities element
3954  * @__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3955  * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_MAX: highest band attribute currently defined
3956  */
3957 enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr {
3958 	__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_INVALID,
3959 
3960 	NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_IFTYPES,
3961 	NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MAC,
3962 	NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PHY,
3963 	NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MCS_SET,
3964 	NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PPE,
3965 	NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPA,
3966 	NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_VENDOR_ELEMS,
3967 	NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_MAC,
3968 	NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_PHY,
3969 	NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_MCS_SET,
3970 	NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_PPE,
3971 
3972 	/* keep last */
3973 	__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3974 	NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3975 };
3976 
3977 /**
3978  * enum nl80211_band_attr - band attributes
3979  * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3980  * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS: supported frequencies in this band,
3981  *	an array of nested frequency attributes
3982  * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES: supported bitrates in this band,
3983  *	an array of nested bitrate attributes
3984  * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET: 16-byte attribute containing the MCS set as
3985  *	defined in 802.11n
3986  * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA: HT capabilities, as in the HT information IE
3987  * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR: A-MPDU factor, as in 11n
3988  * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY: A-MPDU density, as in 11n
3989  * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET: 32-byte attribute containing the MCS set as
3990  *	defined in 802.11ac
3991  * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA: VHT capabilities, as in the HT information IE
3992  * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_IFTYPE_DATA: nested array attribute, with each entry using
3993  *	attributes from &enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr
3994  * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_CHANNELS: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz
3995  *	channel(s) that are allowed to be used for EDMG transmissions.
3996  *	Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251.
3997  * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_BW_CONFIG: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes
3998  *	the allowed channel bandwidth configurations.
3999  *	Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251, Table 13.
4000  * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX: highest band attribute currently defined
4001  * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4002  */
4003 enum nl80211_band_attr {
4004 	__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID,
4005 	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS,
4006 	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES,
4007 
4008 	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET,
4009 	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA,
4010 	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR,
4011 	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY,
4012 
4013 	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET,
4014 	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA,
4015 	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_IFTYPE_DATA,
4016 
4017 	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_CHANNELS,
4018 	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_BW_CONFIG,
4019 
4020 	/* keep last */
4021 	__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4022 	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4023 };
4024 
4025 #define NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA
4026 
4027 /**
4028  * enum nl80211_wmm_rule - regulatory wmm rule
4029  *
4030  * @__NL80211_WMMR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4031  * @NL80211_WMMR_CW_MIN: Minimum contention window slot.
4032  * @NL80211_WMMR_CW_MAX: Maximum contention window slot.
4033  * @NL80211_WMMR_AIFSN: Arbitration Inter Frame Space.
4034  * @NL80211_WMMR_TXOP: Maximum allowed tx operation time.
4035  * @nl80211_WMMR_MAX: highest possible wmm rule.
4036  * @__NL80211_WMMR_LAST: Internal use.
4037  */
4038 enum nl80211_wmm_rule {
4039 	__NL80211_WMMR_INVALID,
4040 	NL80211_WMMR_CW_MIN,
4041 	NL80211_WMMR_CW_MAX,
4042 	NL80211_WMMR_AIFSN,
4043 	NL80211_WMMR_TXOP,
4044 
4045 	/* keep last */
4046 	__NL80211_WMMR_LAST,
4047 	NL80211_WMMR_MAX = __NL80211_WMMR_LAST - 1
4048 };
4049 
4050 /**
4051  * enum nl80211_frequency_attr - frequency attributes
4052  * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4053  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ: Frequency in MHz
4054  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED: Channel is disabled in current
4055  *	regulatory domain.
4056  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation
4057  * 	are permitted on this channel, this includes sending probe
4058  * 	requests, or modes of operation that require beaconing.
4059  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR: Radar detection is mandatory
4060  *	on this channel in current regulatory domain.
4061  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER: Maximum transmission power in mBm
4062  *	(100 * dBm).
4063  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE: current state for DFS
4064  *	(enum nl80211_dfs_state)
4065  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME: time in miliseconds for how long
4066  *	this channel is in this DFS state.
4067  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS: HT40- isn't possible with this
4068  *	channel as the control channel
4069  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS: HT40+ isn't possible with this
4070  *	channel as the control channel
4071  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ: any 80 MHz channel using this channel
4072  *	as the primary or any of the secondary channels isn't possible,
4073  *	this includes 80+80 channels
4074  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ: any 160 MHz (but not 80+80) channel
4075  *	using this channel as the primary or any of the secondary channels
4076  *	isn't possible
4077  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds.
4078  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY: Only indoor use is permitted on this
4079  *	channel. A channel that has the INDOOR_ONLY attribute can only be
4080  *	used when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating in
4081  *	an indoor surroundings, i.e., it is connected to AC power (and not
4082  *	through portable DC inverters) or is under the control of a master
4083  *	that is acting as an AP and is connected to AC power.
4084  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT: IR operation is allowed on this
4085  *	channel if it's connected concurrently to a BSS on the same channel on
4086  *	the 2 GHz band or to a channel in the same UNII band (on the 5 GHz
4087  *	band), and IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR is not set. Instantiating a GO or TDLS
4088  *	off-channel on a channel that has the IR_CONCURRENT attribute set can be
4089  *	done when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating under
4090  *	the guidance of an authorized master, i.e., setting up a GO or TDLS
4091  *	off-channel while the device is also connected to an AP with DFS and
4092  *	radar detection on the UNII band (it is up to user-space, i.e.,
4093  *	wpa_supplicant to perform the required verifications). Using this
4094  *	attribute for IR is disallowed for master interfaces (IBSS, AP).
4095  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz operation is not allowed
4096  *	on this channel in current regulatory domain.
4097  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz operation is not allowed
4098  *	on this channel in current regulatory domain.
4099  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_WMM: this channel has wmm limitations.
4100  *	This is a nested attribute that contains the wmm limitation per AC.
4101  *	(see &enum nl80211_wmm_rule)
4102  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HE: HE operation is not allowed on this channel
4103  *	in current regulatory domain.
4104  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_OFFSET: frequency offset in KHz
4105  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_1MHZ: 1 MHz operation is allowed
4106  *	on this channel in current regulatory domain.
4107  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_2MHZ: 2 MHz operation is allowed
4108  *	on this channel in current regulatory domain.
4109  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_4MHZ: 4 MHz operation is allowed
4110  *	on this channel in current regulatory domain.
4111  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_8MHZ: 8 MHz operation is allowed
4112  *	on this channel in current regulatory domain.
4113  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_16MHZ: 16 MHz operation is allowed
4114  *	on this channel in current regulatory domain.
4115  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_320MHZ: any 320 MHz channel using this channel
4116  *	as the primary or any of the secondary channels isn't possible
4117  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_EHT: EHT operation is not allowed on this channel
4118  *	in current regulatory domain.
4119  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX: highest frequency attribute number
4120  *	currently defined
4121  * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4122  *
4123  * See https://apps.fcc.gov/eas/comments/GetPublishedDocument.html?id=327&tn=528122
4124  * for more information on the FCC description of the relaxations allowed
4125  * by NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY and
4126  * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT.
4127  */
4128 enum nl80211_frequency_attr {
4129 	__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID,
4130 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ,
4131 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED,
4132 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR,
4133 	__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS,
4134 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR,
4135 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER,
4136 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE,
4137 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME,
4138 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS,
4139 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS,
4140 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ,
4141 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ,
4142 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME,
4143 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY,
4144 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT,
4145 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ,
4146 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ,
4147 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_WMM,
4148 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HE,
4149 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_OFFSET,
4150 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_1MHZ,
4151 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_2MHZ,
4152 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_4MHZ,
4153 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_8MHZ,
4154 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_16MHZ,
4155 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_320MHZ,
4156 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_EHT,
4157 
4158 	/* keep last */
4159 	__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4160 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4161 };
4162 
4163 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER
4164 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_PASSIVE_SCAN	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
4165 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS		NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
4166 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR		NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
4167 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_GO_CONCURRENT \
4168 					NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT
4169 
4170 /**
4171  * enum nl80211_bitrate_attr - bitrate attributes
4172  * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4173  * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE: Bitrate in units of 100 kbps
4174  * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE: Short preamble supported
4175  *	in 2.4 GHz band.
4176  * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX: highest bitrate attribute number
4177  *	currently defined
4178  * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4179  */
4180 enum nl80211_bitrate_attr {
4181 	__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID,
4182 	NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE,
4183 	NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE,
4184 
4185 	/* keep last */
4186 	__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4187 	NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4188 };
4189 
4190 /**
4191  * enum nl80211_initiator - Indicates the initiator of a reg domain request
4192  * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE: Core queried CRDA for a dynamic world
4193  * 	regulatory domain.
4194  * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER: User asked the wireless core to set the
4195  * 	regulatory domain.
4196  * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER: a wireless drivers has hinted to the
4197  * 	wireless core it thinks its knows the regulatory domain we should be in.
4198  * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE: the wireless core has received an
4199  * 	802.11 country information element with regulatory information it
4200  * 	thinks we should consider. cfg80211 only processes the country
4201  *	code from the IE, and relies on the regulatory domain information
4202  *	structure passed by userspace (CRDA) from our wireless-regdb.
4203  *	If a channel is enabled but the country code indicates it should
4204  *	be disabled we disable the channel and re-enable it upon disassociation.
4205  */
4206 enum nl80211_reg_initiator {
4207 	NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE,
4208 	NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER,
4209 	NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER,
4210 	NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE,
4211 };
4212 
4213 /**
4214  * enum nl80211_reg_type - specifies the type of regulatory domain
4215  * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY: the regulatory domain set is one that pertains
4216  *	to a specific country. When this is set you can count on the
4217  *	ISO / IEC 3166 alpha2 country code being valid.
4218  * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD: the regulatory set domain is the world regulatory
4219  * 	domain.
4220  * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD: the regulatory domain set is a custom
4221  * 	driver specific world regulatory domain. These do not apply system-wide
4222  * 	and are only applicable to the individual devices which have requested
4223  * 	them to be applied.
4224  * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION: the regulatory domain set is the product
4225  *	of an intersection between two regulatory domains -- the previously
4226  *	set regulatory domain on the system and the last accepted regulatory
4227  *	domain request to be processed.
4228  */
4229 enum nl80211_reg_type {
4230 	NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY,
4231 	NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD,
4232 	NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD,
4233 	NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION,
4234 };
4235 
4236 /**
4237  * enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr - regulatory rule attributes
4238  * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4239  * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS: a set of flags which specify additional
4240  * 	considerations for a given frequency range. These are the
4241  * 	&enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags.
4242  * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START: starting frequencry for the regulatory
4243  * 	rule in KHz. This is not a center of frequency but an actual regulatory
4244  * 	band edge.
4245  * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END: ending frequency for the regulatory rule
4246  * 	in KHz. This is not a center a frequency but an actual regulatory
4247  * 	band edge.
4248  * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW: maximum allowed bandwidth for this
4249  *	frequency range, in KHz.
4250  * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN: the maximum allowed antenna gain
4251  * 	for a given frequency range. The value is in mBi (100 * dBi).
4252  * 	If you don't have one then don't send this.
4253  * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP: the maximum allowed EIRP for
4254  * 	a given frequency range. The value is in mBm (100 * dBm).
4255  * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds.
4256  *	If not present or 0 default CAC time will be used.
4257  * @NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX: highest regulatory rule attribute number
4258  *	currently defined
4259  * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4260  */
4261 enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr {
4262 	__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID,
4263 	NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS,
4264 
4265 	NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START,
4266 	NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END,
4267 	NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW,
4268 
4269 	NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN,
4270 	NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP,
4271 
4272 	NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME,
4273 
4274 	/* keep last */
4275 	__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4276 	NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4277 };
4278 
4279 /**
4280  * enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr - scheduled scan match attributes
4281  * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4282  * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID: SSID to be used for matching,
4283  *	only report BSS with matching SSID.
4284  *	(This cannot be used together with BSSID.)
4285  * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI: RSSI threshold (in dBm) for reporting a
4286  *	BSS in scan results. Filtering is turned off if not specified. Note that
4287  *	if this attribute is in a match set of its own, then it is treated as
4288  *	the default value for all matchsets with an SSID, rather than being a
4289  *	matchset of its own without an RSSI filter. This is due to problems with
4290  *	how this API was implemented in the past. Also, due to the same problem,
4291  *	the only way to create a matchset with only an RSSI filter (with this
4292  *	attribute) is if there's only a single matchset with the RSSI attribute.
4293  * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI: Flag indicating whether
4294  *	%NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI to be used as absolute RSSI or
4295  *	relative to current bss's RSSI.
4296  * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for
4297  *	BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
4298  *	RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure
4299  *	value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
4300  * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID: BSSID to be used for matching
4301  *	(this cannot be used together with SSID).
4302  * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_PER_BAND_RSSI: Nested attribute that carries the
4303  *	band specific minimum rssi thresholds for the bands defined in
4304  *	enum nl80211_band. The minimum rssi threshold value(s32) specific to a
4305  *	band shall be encapsulated in attribute with type value equals to one
4306  *	of the NL80211_BAND_* defined in enum nl80211_band. For example, the
4307  *	minimum rssi threshold value for 2.4GHZ band shall be encapsulated
4308  *	within an attribute of type NL80211_BAND_2GHZ. And one or more of such
4309  *	attributes will be nested within this attribute.
4310  * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest scheduled scan filter
4311  *	attribute number currently defined
4312  * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4313  */
4314 enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr {
4315 	__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID,
4316 
4317 	NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID,
4318 	NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI,
4319 	NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI,
4320 	NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST,
4321 	NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID,
4322 	NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_PER_BAND_RSSI,
4323 
4324 	/* keep last */
4325 	__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4326 	NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX =
4327 		__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4328 };
4329 
4330 /* only for backward compatibility */
4331 #define NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_SSID NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID
4332 
4333 /**
4334  * enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags - regulatory rule flags
4335  *
4336  * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM: OFDM modulation not allowed
4337  * @NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK: CCK modulation not allowed
4338  * @NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR: indoor operation not allowed
4339  * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR: outdoor operation not allowed
4340  * @NL80211_RRF_DFS: DFS support is required to be used
4341  * @NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Point links
4342  * @NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Multi Point links
4343  * @NL80211_RRF_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation are allowed,
4344  * 	this includes probe requests or modes of operation that require
4345  * 	beaconing.
4346  * @NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW: maximum available bandwidth should be calculated
4347  *	base on contiguous rules and wider channels will be allowed to cross
4348  *	multiple contiguous/overlapping frequency ranges.
4349  * @NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT: See %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT
4350  * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS: channels can't be used in HT40- operation
4351  * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS: channels can't be used in HT40+ operation
4352  * @NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ: 80MHz operation not allowed
4353  * @NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ: 160MHz operation not allowed
4354  * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HE: HE operation not allowed
4355  * @NL80211_RRF_NO_320MHZ: 320MHz operation not allowed
4356  */
4357 enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags {
4358 	NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM		= 1<<0,
4359 	NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK		= 1<<1,
4360 	NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR		= 1<<2,
4361 	NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR		= 1<<3,
4362 	NL80211_RRF_DFS			= 1<<4,
4363 	NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY		= 1<<5,
4364 	NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY		= 1<<6,
4365 	NL80211_RRF_NO_IR		= 1<<7,
4366 	__NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS		= 1<<8,
4367 	NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW		= 1<<11,
4368 	NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT	= 1<<12,
4369 	NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS	= 1<<13,
4370 	NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS		= 1<<14,
4371 	NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ		= 1<<15,
4372 	NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ		= 1<<16,
4373 	NL80211_RRF_NO_HE		= 1<<17,
4374 	NL80211_RRF_NO_320MHZ		= 1<<18,
4375 };
4376 
4377 #define NL80211_RRF_PASSIVE_SCAN	NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
4378 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS		NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
4379 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR		NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
4380 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40		(NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS |\
4381 					 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS)
4382 #define NL80211_RRF_GO_CONCURRENT	NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT
4383 
4384 /* For backport compatibility with older userspace */
4385 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR_ALL		(NL80211_RRF_NO_IR | __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS)
4386 
4387 /**
4388  * enum nl80211_dfs_regions - regulatory DFS regions
4389  *
4390  * @NL80211_DFS_UNSET: Country has no DFS master region specified
4391  * @NL80211_DFS_FCC: Country follows DFS master rules from FCC
4392  * @NL80211_DFS_ETSI: Country follows DFS master rules from ETSI
4393  * @NL80211_DFS_JP: Country follows DFS master rules from JP/MKK/Telec
4394  */
4395 enum nl80211_dfs_regions {
4396 	NL80211_DFS_UNSET	= 0,
4397 	NL80211_DFS_FCC		= 1,
4398 	NL80211_DFS_ETSI	= 2,
4399 	NL80211_DFS_JP		= 3,
4400 };
4401 
4402 /**
4403  * enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type - type of user regulatory hint
4404  *
4405  * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER: a user sent the hint. This is always
4406  *	assumed if the attribute is not set.
4407  * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE: the hint comes from a cellular
4408  *	base station. Device drivers that have been tested to work
4409  *	properly to support this type of hint can enable these hints
4410  *	by setting the NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS feature
4411  *	capability on the struct wiphy. The wireless core will
4412  *	ignore all cell base station hints until at least one device
4413  *	present has been registered with the wireless core that
4414  *	has listed NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS as a
4415  *	supported feature.
4416  * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR: a user sent an hint indicating that the
4417  *	platform is operating in an indoor environment.
4418  */
4419 enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type {
4420 	NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER	= 0,
4421 	NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE = 1,
4422 	NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR    = 2,
4423 };
4424 
4425 /**
4426  * enum nl80211_survey_info - survey information
4427  *
4428  * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO
4429  * when getting information about a survey.
4430  *
4431  * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4432  * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY: center frequency of channel
4433  * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE: noise level of channel (u8, dBm)
4434  * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used
4435  * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME: amount of time (in ms) that the radio
4436  *	was turned on (on channel or globally)
4437  * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY: amount of the time the primary
4438  *	channel was sensed busy (either due to activity or energy detect)
4439  * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY: amount of time the extension
4440  *	channel was sensed busy
4441  * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX: amount of time the radio spent
4442  *	receiving data (on channel or globally)
4443  * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX: amount of time the radio spent
4444  *	transmitting data (on channel or globally)
4445  * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN: time the radio spent for scan
4446  *	(on this channel or globally)
4447  * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
4448  * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX: amount of time the radio spent
4449  *	receiving frames destined to the local BSS
4450  * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX: highest survey info attribute number
4451  *	currently defined
4452  * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY_OFFSET: center frequency offset in KHz
4453  * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4454  */
4455 enum nl80211_survey_info {
4456 	__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID,
4457 	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY,
4458 	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE,
4459 	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE,
4460 	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME,
4461 	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY,
4462 	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY,
4463 	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX,
4464 	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX,
4465 	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN,
4466 	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD,
4467 	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX,
4468 	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY_OFFSET,
4469 
4470 	/* keep last */
4471 	__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
4472 	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
4473 };
4474 
4475 /* keep old names for compatibility */
4476 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME		NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME
4477 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_BUSY		NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY
4478 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_EXT_BUSY	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY
4479 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_RX		NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX
4480 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_TX		NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX
4481 
4482 /**
4483  * enum nl80211_mntr_flags - monitor configuration flags
4484  *
4485  * Monitor configuration flags.
4486  *
4487  * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID: reserved
4488  *
4489  * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS
4490  * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP
4491  * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames
4492  * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering
4493  * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: report frames after processing.
4494  *	overrides all other flags.
4495  * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE: use the configured MAC address
4496  *	and ACK incoming unicast packets.
4497  *
4498  * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4499  * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX: highest possible monitor flag
4500  */
4501 enum nl80211_mntr_flags {
4502 	__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID,
4503 	NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL,
4504 	NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL,
4505 	NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL,
4506 	NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS,
4507 	NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES,
4508 	NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE,
4509 
4510 	/* keep last */
4511 	__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST,
4512 	NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1
4513 };
4514 
4515 /**
4516  * enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode - mesh power save modes
4517  *
4518  * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN: The mesh power mode of the mesh STA is
4519  *	not known or has not been set yet.
4520  * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE: Active mesh power mode. The mesh STA is
4521  *	in Awake state all the time.
4522  * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP: Light sleep mode. The mesh STA will
4523  *	alternate between Active and Doze states, but will wake up for
4524  *	neighbor's beacons.
4525  * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP: Deep sleep mode. The mesh STA will
4526  *	alternate between Active and Doze states, but may not wake up
4527  *	for neighbor's beacons.
4528  *
4529  * @__NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - internal use
4530  * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX - highest possible power save level
4531  */
4532 
4533 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode {
4534 	NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN,
4535 	NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE,
4536 	NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP,
4537 	NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP,
4538 
4539 	__NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST,
4540 	NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - 1
4541 };
4542 
4543 /**
4544  * enum nl80211_meshconf_params - mesh configuration parameters
4545  *
4546  * Mesh configuration parameters. These can be changed while the mesh is
4547  * active.
4548  *
4549  * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID: internal use
4550  *
4551  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial retry timeout in
4552  *	millisecond units, used by the Peer Link Open message
4553  *
4554  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial confirm timeout, in
4555  *	millisecond units, used by the peer link management to close a peer link
4556  *
4557  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT: specifies the holding timeout, in
4558  *	millisecond units
4559  *
4560  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS: maximum number of peer links allowed
4561  *	on this mesh interface
4562  *
4563  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES: specifies the maximum number of peer link
4564  *	open retries that can be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a
4565  *	mesh
4566  *
4567  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a source mesh
4568  *	point.
4569  *
4570  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS: whether we should automatically open
4571  *	peer links when we detect compatible mesh peers. Disabled if
4572  *	@NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM or @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE are
4573  *	set.
4574  *
4575  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES: the number of action frames
4576  *	containing a PREQ that an MP can send to a particular destination (path
4577  *	target)
4578  *
4579  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME: how frequently to refresh mesh paths
4580  *	(in milliseconds)
4581  *
4582  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: minimum length of time to wait
4583  *	until giving up on a path discovery (in milliseconds)
4584  *
4585  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for which mesh
4586  *	points receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from
4587  *	the root to be valid. (TU = time unit)
4588  *
4589  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in
4590  *	TUs) during which an MP can send only one action frame containing a PREQ
4591  *	reference element
4592  *
4593  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME: The interval of time (in TUs)
4594  *	that it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the
4595  *	mesh
4596  *
4597  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE: whether root mode is enabled or not
4598  *
4599  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a
4600  *	source mesh point for path selection elements.
4601  *
4602  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL:  The interval of time (in TUs) between
4603  *	root announcements are transmitted.
4604  *
4605  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS: Advertise that this mesh station has
4606  *	access to a broader network beyond the MBSS.  This is done via Root
4607  *	Announcement frames.
4608  *
4609  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in
4610  *	TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a
4611  *	PERR element.
4612  *
4613  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING: set Mesh STA as forwarding or non-forwarding
4614  *	or forwarding entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity)
4615  *
4616  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This specifies the
4617  *	threshold for average signal strength of candidate station to establish
4618  *	a peer link.
4619  *
4620  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR: maximum number of neighbors
4621  *	to synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method
4622  *	(see 11C.12.2.2)
4623  *
4624  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE: set mesh HT protection mode.
4625  *
4626  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh configuration attribute
4627  *
4628  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for
4629  *	which mesh STAs receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding
4630  *	information to the root mesh STA to be valid.
4631  *
4632  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between
4633  *	proactive PREQs are transmitted.
4634  *
4635  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time
4636  *	(in TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame
4637  *	containing a PREQ element for root path confirmation.
4638  *
4639  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE: Default mesh power mode for new peer links.
4640  *	type &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode (u32)
4641  *
4642  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW: awake window duration (in TUs)
4643  *
4644  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've
4645  *	established peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then
4646  *	remove it from the STA's list of peers. You may set this to 0 to disable
4647  *	the removal of the STA. Default is 30 minutes.
4648  *
4649  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_GATE: If set to true then this mesh STA
4650  *	will advertise that it is connected to a gate in the mesh formation
4651  *	field.  If left unset then the mesh formation field will only
4652  *	advertise such if there is an active root mesh path.
4653  *
4654  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_NOLEARN: Try to avoid multi-hop path discovery (e.g.
4655  *      PREQ/PREP for HWMP) if the destination is a direct neighbor. Note that
4656  *      this might not be the optimal decision as a multi-hop route might be
4657  *      better. So if using this setting you will likely also want to disable
4658  *      dot11MeshForwarding and use another mesh routing protocol on top.
4659  *
4660  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_AS: If set to true then this mesh STA
4661  *	will advertise that it is connected to a authentication server
4662  *	in the mesh formation field.
4663  *
4664  * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4665  */
4666 enum nl80211_meshconf_params {
4667 	__NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID,
4668 	NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT,
4669 	NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT,
4670 	NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT,
4671 	NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS,
4672 	NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES,
4673 	NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL,
4674 	NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS,
4675 	NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES,
4676 	NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME,
4677 	NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT,
4678 	NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT,
4679 	NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL,
4680 	NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME,
4681 	NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE,
4682 	NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL,
4683 	NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL,
4684 	NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS,
4685 	NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL,
4686 	NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING,
4687 	NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD,
4688 	NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR,
4689 	NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE,
4690 	NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT,
4691 	NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL,
4692 	NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL,
4693 	NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE,
4694 	NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW,
4695 	NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT,
4696 	NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_GATE,
4697 	NL80211_MESHCONF_NOLEARN,
4698 	NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_AS,
4699 
4700 	/* keep last */
4701 	__NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4702 	NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4703 };
4704 
4705 /**
4706  * enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params - mesh setup parameters
4707  *
4708  * Mesh setup parameters.  These are used to start/join a mesh and cannot be
4709  * changed while the mesh is active.
4710  *
4711  * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID: Internal use
4712  *
4713  * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL: Enable this option to use a
4714  *	vendor specific path selection algorithm or disable it to use the
4715  *	default HWMP.
4716  *
4717  * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC: Enable this option to use a
4718  *	vendor specific path metric or disable it to use the default Airtime
4719  *	metric.
4720  *
4721  * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE: Information elements for this mesh, for instance, a
4722  *	robust security network ie, or a vendor specific information element
4723  *	that vendors will use to identify the path selection methods and
4724  *	metrics in use.
4725  *
4726  * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH: Enable this option if an authentication
4727  *	daemon will be authenticating mesh candidates.
4728  *
4729  * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE: Enable this option if an authentication
4730  *	daemon will be securing peer link frames.  AMPE is a secured version of
4731  *	Mesh Peering Management (MPM) and is implemented with the assistance of
4732  *	a userspace daemon.  When this flag is set, the kernel will send peer
4733  *	management frames to a userspace daemon that will implement AMPE
4734  *	functionality (security capabilities selection, key confirmation, and
4735  *	key management).  When the flag is unset (default), the kernel can
4736  *	autonomously complete (unsecured) mesh peering without the need of a
4737  *	userspace daemon.
4738  *
4739  * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC: Enable this option to use a
4740  *	vendor specific synchronization method or disable it to use the default
4741  *	neighbor offset synchronization
4742  *
4743  * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM: Enable this option if userspace will
4744  *	implement an MPM which handles peer allocation and state.
4745  *
4746  * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL: Inform the kernel of the authentication
4747  *	method (u8, as defined in IEEE 8.4.2.100.6, e.g. 0x1 for SAE).
4748  *	Default is no authentication method required.
4749  *
4750  * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh setup attribute number
4751  *
4752  * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal use
4753  */
4754 enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params {
4755 	__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID,
4756 	NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL,
4757 	NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC,
4758 	NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE,
4759 	NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH,
4760 	NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE,
4761 	NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC,
4762 	NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM,
4763 	NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL,
4764 
4765 	/* keep last */
4766 	__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4767 	NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4768 };
4769 
4770 /**
4771  * enum nl80211_txq_attr - TX queue parameter attributes
4772  * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID: Attribute number 0 is reserved
4773  * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC: AC identifier (NL80211_AC_*)
4774  * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning
4775  *	disabled
4776  * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN: Minimum contention window [a value of the form
4777  *	2^n-1 in the range 1..32767]
4778  * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX: Maximum contention window [a value of the form
4779  *	2^n-1 in the range 1..32767]
4780  * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS: Arbitration interframe space [0..255]
4781  * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal
4782  * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX: Maximum TXQ attribute number
4783  */
4784 enum nl80211_txq_attr {
4785 	__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID,
4786 	NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC,
4787 	NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP,
4788 	NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN,
4789 	NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX,
4790 	NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS,
4791 
4792 	/* keep last */
4793 	__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4794 	NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4795 };
4796 
4797 enum nl80211_ac {
4798 	NL80211_AC_VO,
4799 	NL80211_AC_VI,
4800 	NL80211_AC_BE,
4801 	NL80211_AC_BK,
4802 	NL80211_NUM_ACS
4803 };
4804 
4805 /* backward compat */
4806 #define NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_QUEUE	NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC
4807 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VO	NL80211_AC_VO
4808 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VI	NL80211_AC_VI
4809 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BE	NL80211_AC_BE
4810 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BK	NL80211_AC_BK
4811 
4812 /**
4813  * enum nl80211_channel_type - channel type
4814  * @NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel
4815  * @NL80211_CHAN_HT20: 20 MHz HT channel
4816  * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel
4817  *	below the control channel
4818  * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel
4819  *	above the control channel
4820  */
4821 enum nl80211_channel_type {
4822 	NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT,
4823 	NL80211_CHAN_HT20,
4824 	NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS,
4825 	NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS
4826 };
4827 
4828 /**
4829  * enum nl80211_key_mode - Key mode
4830  *
4831  * @NL80211_KEY_RX_TX: (Default)
4832  *	Key can be used for Rx and Tx immediately
4833  *
4834  * The following modes can only be selected for unicast keys and when the
4835  * driver supports @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID:
4836  *
4837  * @NL80211_KEY_NO_TX: Only allowed in combination with @NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY:
4838  *	Unicast key can only be used for Rx, Tx not allowed, yet
4839  * @NL80211_KEY_SET_TX: Only allowed in combination with @NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY:
4840  *	The unicast key identified by idx and mac is cleared for Tx and becomes
4841  *	the preferred Tx key for the station.
4842  */
4843 enum nl80211_key_mode {
4844 	NL80211_KEY_RX_TX,
4845 	NL80211_KEY_NO_TX,
4846 	NL80211_KEY_SET_TX
4847 };
4848 
4849 /**
4850  * enum nl80211_chan_width - channel width definitions
4851  *
4852  * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH
4853  * attribute.
4854  *
4855  * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel
4856  * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20: 20 MHz HT channel
4857  * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40: 40 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
4858  *	attribute must be provided as well
4859  * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80: 80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
4860  *	attribute must be provided as well
4861  * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80: 80+80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
4862  *	and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2 attributes must be provided as well
4863  * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160: 160 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
4864  *	attribute must be provided as well
4865  * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 5 MHz OFDM channel
4866  * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 10 MHz OFDM channel
4867  * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_1: 1 MHz OFDM channel
4868  * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_2: 2 MHz OFDM channel
4869  * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_4: 4 MHz OFDM channel
4870  * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_8: 8 MHz OFDM channel
4871  * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_16: 16 MHz OFDM channel
4872  * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_320: 320 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
4873  *	attribute must be provided as well
4874  */
4875 enum nl80211_chan_width {
4876 	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT,
4877 	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20,
4878 	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40,
4879 	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80,
4880 	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80,
4881 	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160,
4882 	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5,
4883 	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10,
4884 	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_1,
4885 	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_2,
4886 	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_4,
4887 	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_8,
4888 	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_16,
4889 	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_320,
4890 };
4891 
4892 /**
4893  * enum nl80211_bss_scan_width - control channel width for a BSS
4894  *
4895  * These values are used with the %NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH attribute.
4896  *
4897  * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20: control channel is 20 MHz wide or compatible
4898  * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10: control channel is 10 MHz wide
4899  * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5: control channel is 5 MHz wide
4900  * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_1: control channel is 1 MHz wide
4901  * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_2: control channel is 2 MHz wide
4902  */
4903 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width {
4904 	NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20,
4905 	NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10,
4906 	NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5,
4907 	NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_1,
4908 	NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_2,
4909 };
4910 
4911 /**
4912  * enum nl80211_bss - netlink attributes for a BSS
4913  *
4914  * @__NL80211_BSS_INVALID: invalid
4915  * @NL80211_BSS_BSSID: BSSID of the BSS (6 octets)
4916  * @NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY: frequency in MHz (u32)
4917  * @NL80211_BSS_TSF: TSF of the received probe response/beacon (u64)
4918  *	(if @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA is present then this is known to be
4919  *	from a probe response, otherwise it may be from the same beacon
4920  *	that the NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF will be from)
4921  * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval of the (I)BSS (u16)
4922  * @NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY: capability field (CPU order, u16)
4923  * @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS: binary attribute containing the
4924  *	raw information elements from the probe response/beacon (bin);
4925  *	if the %NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES attribute is present and the data is
4926  *	different then the IEs here are from a Probe Response frame; otherwise
4927  *	they are from a Beacon frame.
4928  *	However, if the driver does not indicate the source of the IEs, these
4929  *	IEs may be from either frame subtype.
4930  *	If present, the @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA attribute indicates that the
4931  *	data here is known to be from a probe response, without any heuristics.
4932  * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM: signal strength of probe response/beacon
4933  *	in mBm (100 * dBm) (s32)
4934  * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC: signal strength of the probe response/beacon
4935  *	in unspecified units, scaled to 0..100 (u8)
4936  * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS: status, if this BSS is "used"
4937  * @NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO: age of this BSS entry in ms
4938  * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES: binary attribute containing the raw information
4939  *	elements from a Beacon frame (bin); not present if no Beacon frame has
4940  *	yet been received
4941  * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH: channel width of the control channel
4942  *	(u32, enum nl80211_bss_scan_width)
4943  * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF: TSF of the last received beacon (u64)
4944  *	(not present if no beacon frame has been received yet)
4945  * @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA: the data in @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS and
4946  *	@NL80211_BSS_TSF is known to be from a probe response (flag attribute)
4947  * @NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME: CLOCK_BOOTTIME timestamp when this entry
4948  *	was last updated by a received frame. The value is expected to be
4949  *	accurate to about 10ms. (u64, nanoseconds)
4950  * @NL80211_BSS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
4951  * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF: the time at the start of reception of the first
4952  *	octet of the timestamp field of the last beacon/probe received for
4953  *	this BSS. The time is the TSF of the BSS specified by
4954  *	@NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID. (u64).
4955  * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID: the BSS according to which @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF
4956  *	is set.
4957  * @NL80211_BSS_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last BSS update.
4958  *	Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm),
4959  *	using the nesting index as the antenna number.
4960  * @NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY_OFFSET: frequency offset in KHz
4961  * @NL80211_BSS_MLO_LINK_ID: MLO link ID of the BSS (u8).
4962  * @NL80211_BSS_MLD_ADDR: MLD address of this BSS if connected to it.
4963  * @__NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST: internal
4964  * @NL80211_BSS_MAX: highest BSS attribute
4965  */
4966 enum nl80211_bss {
4967 	__NL80211_BSS_INVALID,
4968 	NL80211_BSS_BSSID,
4969 	NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY,
4970 	NL80211_BSS_TSF,
4971 	NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL,
4972 	NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY,
4973 	NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS,
4974 	NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM,
4975 	NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC,
4976 	NL80211_BSS_STATUS,
4977 	NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO,
4978 	NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES,
4979 	NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH,
4980 	NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF,
4981 	NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA,
4982 	NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME,
4983 	NL80211_BSS_PAD,
4984 	NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF,
4985 	NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID,
4986 	NL80211_BSS_CHAIN_SIGNAL,
4987 	NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY_OFFSET,
4988 	NL80211_BSS_MLO_LINK_ID,
4989 	NL80211_BSS_MLD_ADDR,
4990 
4991 	/* keep last */
4992 	__NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST,
4993 	NL80211_BSS_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST - 1
4994 };
4995 
4996 /**
4997  * enum nl80211_bss_status - BSS "status"
4998  * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED: Authenticated with this BSS.
4999  *	Note that this is no longer used since cfg80211 no longer
5000  *	keeps track of whether or not authentication was done with
5001  *	a given BSS.
5002  * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED: Associated with this BSS.
5003  * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED: Joined to this IBSS.
5004  *
5005  * The BSS status is a BSS attribute in scan dumps, which
5006  * indicates the status the interface has wrt. this BSS.
5007  */
5008 enum nl80211_bss_status {
5009 	NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED,
5010 	NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED,
5011 	NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED,
5012 };
5013 
5014 /**
5015  * enum nl80211_auth_type - AuthenticationType
5016  *
5017  * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM: Open System authentication
5018  * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY: Shared Key authentication (WEP only)
5019  * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT: Fast BSS Transition (IEEE 802.11r)
5020  * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP: Network EAP (some Cisco APs and mainly LEAP)
5021  * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE: Simultaneous authentication of equals
5022  * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key
5023  * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key with PFS
5024  * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK: Fast Initial Link Setup public key
5025  * @__NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM: internal
5026  * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX: maximum valid auth algorithm
5027  * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC: determine automatically (if necessary by
5028  *	trying multiple times); this is invalid in netlink -- leave out
5029  *	the attribute for this on CONNECT commands.
5030  */
5031 enum nl80211_auth_type {
5032 	NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM,
5033 	NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY,
5034 	NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT,
5035 	NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP,
5036 	NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE,
5037 	NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK,
5038 	NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS,
5039 	NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK,
5040 
5041 	/* keep last */
5042 	__NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM,
5043 	NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX = __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM - 1,
5044 	NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC
5045 };
5046 
5047 /**
5048  * enum nl80211_key_type - Key Type
5049  * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP: Group (broadcast/multicast) key
5050  * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE: Pairwise (unicast/individual) key
5051  * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY: PeerKey (DLS)
5052  * @NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES: number of defined key types
5053  */
5054 enum nl80211_key_type {
5055 	NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP,
5056 	NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE,
5057 	NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY,
5058 
5059 	NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES
5060 };
5061 
5062 /**
5063  * enum nl80211_mfp - Management frame protection state
5064  * @NL80211_MFP_NO: Management frame protection not used
5065  * @NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED: Management frame protection required
5066  * @NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL: Management frame protection is optional
5067  */
5068 enum nl80211_mfp {
5069 	NL80211_MFP_NO,
5070 	NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED,
5071 	NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL,
5072 };
5073 
5074 enum nl80211_wpa_versions {
5075 	NL80211_WPA_VERSION_1 = 1 << 0,
5076 	NL80211_WPA_VERSION_2 = 1 << 1,
5077 	NL80211_WPA_VERSION_3 = 1 << 2,
5078 };
5079 
5080 /**
5081  * enum nl80211_key_default_types - key default types
5082  * @__NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID: invalid
5083  * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST: key should be used as default
5084  *	unicast key
5085  * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST: key should be used as default
5086  *	multicast key
5087  * @NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: number of default types
5088  */
5089 enum nl80211_key_default_types {
5090 	__NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID,
5091 	NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST,
5092 	NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST,
5093 
5094 	NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES
5095 };
5096 
5097 /**
5098  * enum nl80211_key_attributes - key attributes
5099  * @__NL80211_KEY_INVALID: invalid
5100  * @NL80211_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of
5101  *	16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC
5102  *	keys
5103  * @NL80211_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3)
5104  * @NL80211_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11
5105  *	section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04)
5106  * @NL80211_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and
5107  *	CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian
5108  * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT: flag indicating default key
5109  * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: flag indicating default management key
5110  * @NL80211_KEY_TYPE: the key type from enum nl80211_key_type, if not
5111  *	specified the default depends on whether a MAC address was
5112  *	given with the command using the key or not (u32)
5113  * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags
5114  *	attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as.
5115  *	See &enum nl80211_key_default_types.
5116  * @NL80211_KEY_MODE: the mode from enum nl80211_key_mode.
5117  *	Defaults to @NL80211_KEY_RX_TX.
5118  * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_BEACON: flag indicating default Beacon frame key
5119  *
5120  * @__NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST: internal
5121  * @NL80211_KEY_MAX: highest key attribute
5122  */
5123 enum nl80211_key_attributes {
5124 	__NL80211_KEY_INVALID,
5125 	NL80211_KEY_DATA,
5126 	NL80211_KEY_IDX,
5127 	NL80211_KEY_CIPHER,
5128 	NL80211_KEY_SEQ,
5129 	NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT,
5130 	NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT,
5131 	NL80211_KEY_TYPE,
5132 	NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES,
5133 	NL80211_KEY_MODE,
5134 	NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_BEACON,
5135 
5136 	/* keep last */
5137 	__NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST,
5138 	NL80211_KEY_MAX = __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST - 1
5139 };
5140 
5141 /**
5142  * enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes - TX rate set attributes
5143  * @__NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID: invalid
5144  * @NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY: Legacy (non-MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection
5145  *	in an array of rates as defined in IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 (u8 values with
5146  *	1 = 500 kbps) but without the IE length restriction (at most
5147  *	%NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES in a single array).
5148  * @NL80211_TXRATE_HT: HT (MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection
5149  *	in an array of MCS numbers.
5150  * @NL80211_TXRATE_VHT: VHT rates allowed for TX rate selection,
5151  *	see &struct nl80211_txrate_vht
5152  * @NL80211_TXRATE_GI: configure GI, see &enum nl80211_txrate_gi
5153  * @NL80211_TXRATE_HE: HE rates allowed for TX rate selection,
5154  *	see &struct nl80211_txrate_he
5155  * @NL80211_TXRATE_HE_GI: configure HE GI, 0.8us, 1.6us and 3.2us.
5156  * @NL80211_TXRATE_HE_LTF: configure HE LTF, 1XLTF, 2XLTF and 4XLTF.
5157  * @__NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST: internal
5158  * @NL80211_TXRATE_MAX: highest TX rate attribute
5159  */
5160 enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes {
5161 	__NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID,
5162 	NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY,
5163 	NL80211_TXRATE_HT,
5164 	NL80211_TXRATE_VHT,
5165 	NL80211_TXRATE_GI,
5166 	NL80211_TXRATE_HE,
5167 	NL80211_TXRATE_HE_GI,
5168 	NL80211_TXRATE_HE_LTF,
5169 
5170 	/* keep last */
5171 	__NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST,
5172 	NL80211_TXRATE_MAX = __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST - 1
5173 };
5174 
5175 #define NL80211_TXRATE_MCS NL80211_TXRATE_HT
5176 #define NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX		8
5177 
5178 /**
5179  * struct nl80211_txrate_vht - VHT MCS/NSS txrate bitmap
5180  * @mcs: MCS bitmap table for each NSS (array index 0 for 1 stream, etc.)
5181  */
5182 struct nl80211_txrate_vht {
5183 	__u16 mcs[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX];
5184 };
5185 
5186 #define NL80211_HE_NSS_MAX		8
5187 /**
5188  * struct nl80211_txrate_he - HE MCS/NSS txrate bitmap
5189  * @mcs: MCS bitmap table for each NSS (array index 0 for 1 stream, etc.)
5190  */
5191 struct nl80211_txrate_he {
5192 	__u16 mcs[NL80211_HE_NSS_MAX];
5193 };
5194 
5195 enum nl80211_txrate_gi {
5196 	NL80211_TXRATE_DEFAULT_GI,
5197 	NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_SGI,
5198 	NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_LGI,
5199 };
5200 
5201 /**
5202  * enum nl80211_band - Frequency band
5203  * @NL80211_BAND_2GHZ: 2.4 GHz ISM band
5204  * @NL80211_BAND_5GHZ: around 5 GHz band (4.9 - 5.7 GHz)
5205  * @NL80211_BAND_60GHZ: around 60 GHz band (58.32 - 69.12 GHz)
5206  * @NL80211_BAND_6GHZ: around 6 GHz band (5.9 - 7.2 GHz)
5207  * @NL80211_BAND_S1GHZ: around 900MHz, supported by S1G PHYs
5208  * @NL80211_BAND_LC: light communication band (placeholder)
5209  * @NUM_NL80211_BANDS: number of bands, avoid using this in userspace
5210  *	since newer kernel versions may support more bands
5211  */
5212 enum nl80211_band {
5213 	NL80211_BAND_2GHZ,
5214 	NL80211_BAND_5GHZ,
5215 	NL80211_BAND_60GHZ,
5216 	NL80211_BAND_6GHZ,
5217 	NL80211_BAND_S1GHZ,
5218 	NL80211_BAND_LC,
5219 
5220 	NUM_NL80211_BANDS,
5221 };
5222 
5223 /**
5224  * enum nl80211_ps_state - powersave state
5225  * @NL80211_PS_DISABLED: powersave is disabled
5226  * @NL80211_PS_ENABLED: powersave is enabled
5227  */
5228 enum nl80211_ps_state {
5229 	NL80211_PS_DISABLED,
5230 	NL80211_PS_ENABLED,
5231 };
5232 
5233 /**
5234  * enum nl80211_attr_cqm - connection quality monitor attributes
5235  * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID: invalid
5236  * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This value specifies
5237  *	the threshold for the RSSI level at which an event will be sent. Zero
5238  *	to disable.  Alternatively, if %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST is
5239  *	set, multiple values can be supplied as a low-to-high sorted array of
5240  *	threshold values in dBm.  Events will be sent when the RSSI value
5241  *	crosses any of the thresholds.
5242  * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST: RSSI hysteresis in dBm. This value specifies
5243  *	the minimum amount the RSSI level must change after an event before a
5244  *	new event may be issued (to reduce effects of RSSI oscillation).
5245  * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT: RSSI threshold event
5246  * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT: a u32 value indicating that this many
5247  *	consecutive packets were not acknowledged by the peer
5248  * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE: TX error rate in %. Minimum % of TX failures
5249  *	during the given %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before an
5250  *	%NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM with reported %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE and
5251  *	%NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS is generated.
5252  * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS: number of attempted packets in a given
5253  *	%NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE is
5254  *	checked.
5255  * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL: interval in seconds. Specifies the periodic
5256  *	interval in which %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS and
5257  *	%NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE must be satisfied before generating an
5258  *	%NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM. Set to 0 to turn off TX error reporting.
5259  * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: flag attribute that's set in a beacon
5260  *	loss event
5261  * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL: the RSSI value in dBm that triggered the
5262  *	RSSI threshold event.
5263  * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST: internal
5264  * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX: highest key attribute
5265  */
5266 enum nl80211_attr_cqm {
5267 	__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID,
5268 	NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD,
5269 	NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST,
5270 	NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT,
5271 	NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT,
5272 	NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE,
5273 	NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS,
5274 	NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL,
5275 	NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT,
5276 	NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL,
5277 
5278 	/* keep last */
5279 	__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST,
5280 	NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST - 1
5281 };
5282 
5283 /**
5284  * enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event - RSSI threshold event
5285  * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW: The RSSI level is lower than the
5286  *      configured threshold
5287  * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH: The RSSI is higher than the
5288  *      configured threshold
5289  * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: (reserved, never sent)
5290  */
5291 enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event {
5292 	NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW,
5293 	NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH,
5294 	NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT,
5295 };
5296 
5297 
5298 /**
5299  * enum nl80211_tx_power_setting - TX power adjustment
5300  * @NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC: automatically determine transmit power
5301  * @NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED: limit TX power by the mBm parameter
5302  * @NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED: fix TX power to the mBm parameter
5303  */
5304 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting {
5305 	NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC,
5306 	NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED,
5307 	NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED,
5308 };
5309 
5310 /**
5311  * enum nl80211_tid_config - TID config state
5312  * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ENABLE: Enable config for the TID
5313  * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_DISABLE: Disable config for the TID
5314  */
5315 enum nl80211_tid_config {
5316 	NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ENABLE,
5317 	NL80211_TID_CONFIG_DISABLE,
5318 };
5319 
5320 /* enum nl80211_tx_rate_setting - TX rate configuration type
5321  * @NL80211_TX_RATE_AUTOMATIC: automatically determine TX rate
5322  * @NL80211_TX_RATE_LIMITED: limit the TX rate by the TX rate parameter
5323  * @NL80211_TX_RATE_FIXED: fix TX rate to the TX rate parameter
5324  */
5325 enum nl80211_tx_rate_setting {
5326 	NL80211_TX_RATE_AUTOMATIC,
5327 	NL80211_TX_RATE_LIMITED,
5328 	NL80211_TX_RATE_FIXED,
5329 };
5330 
5331 /* enum nl80211_tid_config_attr - TID specific configuration.
5332  * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PAD: pad attribute for 64-bit values
5333  * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_VIF_SUPP: a bitmap (u64) of attributes supported
5334  *	for per-vif configuration; doesn't list the ones that are generic
5335  *	(%NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS, %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE).
5336  * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PEER_SUPP: same as the previous per-vif one, but
5337  *	per peer instead.
5338  * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE: flag attribue, if set indicates
5339  *	that the new configuration overrides all previous peer
5340  *	configurations, otherwise previous peer specific configurations
5341  *	should be left untouched.
5342  * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS: a bitmask value of TIDs (bit 0 to 7)
5343  *	Its type is u16.
5344  * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_NOACK: Configure ack policy for the TID.
5345  *	specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TID. see %enum nl80211_tid_config.
5346  *	Its type is u8.
5347  * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_SHORT: Number of retries used with data frame
5348  *	transmission, user-space sets this configuration in
5349  *	&NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG. It is u8 type, min value is 1 and
5350  *	the max value is advertised by the driver in this attribute on
5351  *	output in wiphy capabilities.
5352  * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_LONG: Number of retries used with data frame
5353  *	transmission, user-space sets this configuration in
5354  *	&NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG. Its type is u8, min value is 1 and
5355  *	the max value is advertised by the driver in this attribute on
5356  *	output in wiphy capabilities.
5357  * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMPDU_CTRL: Enable/Disable MPDU aggregation
5358  *	for the TIDs specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS.
5359  *	Its type is u8, using the values from &nl80211_tid_config.
5360  * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RTSCTS_CTRL: Enable/Disable RTS_CTS for the TIDs
5361  *	specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS. It is u8 type, using
5362  *	the values from &nl80211_tid_config.
5363  * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMSDU_CTRL: Enable/Disable MSDU aggregation
5364  *	for the TIDs specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS.
5365  *	Its type is u8, using the values from &nl80211_tid_config.
5366  * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE_TYPE: This attribute will be useful
5367  *	to notfiy the driver that what type of txrate should be used
5368  *	for the TIDs specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS. using
5369  *	the values form &nl80211_tx_rate_setting.
5370  * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE: Data frame TX rate mask should be applied
5371  *	with the parameters passed through %NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES.
5372  *	configuration is applied to the data frame for the tid to that connected
5373  *	station.
5374  */
5375 enum nl80211_tid_config_attr {
5376 	__NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_INVALID,
5377 	NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PAD,
5378 	NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_VIF_SUPP,
5379 	NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PEER_SUPP,
5380 	NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE,
5381 	NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS,
5382 	NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_NOACK,
5383 	NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_SHORT,
5384 	NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_LONG,
5385 	NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMPDU_CTRL,
5386 	NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RTSCTS_CTRL,
5387 	NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMSDU_CTRL,
5388 	NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE_TYPE,
5389 	NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE,
5390 
5391 	/* keep last */
5392 	__NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
5393 	NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
5394 };
5395 
5396 /**
5397  * enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr - packet pattern attribute
5398  * @__NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
5399  * @NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN: the pattern, values where the mask has
5400  *	a zero bit are ignored
5401  * @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK: pattern mask, must be long enough to have
5402  *	a bit for each byte in the pattern. The lowest-order bit corresponds
5403  *	to the first byte of the pattern, but the bytes of the pattern are
5404  *	in a little-endian-like format, i.e. the 9th byte of the pattern
5405  *	corresponds to the lowest-order bit in the second byte of the mask.
5406  *	For example: The match 00:xx:00:00:xx:00:00:00:00:xx:xx:xx (where
5407  *	xx indicates "don't care") would be represented by a pattern of
5408  *	twelve zero bytes, and a mask of "0xed,0x01".
5409  *	Note that the pattern matching is done as though frames were not
5410  *	802.11 frames but 802.3 frames, i.e. the frame is fully unpacked
5411  *	first (including SNAP header unpacking) and then matched.
5412  * @NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET: packet offset, pattern is matched after
5413  *	these fixed number of bytes of received packet
5414  * @NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT: number of attributes
5415  * @MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT: max attribute number
5416  */
5417 enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr {
5418 	__NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID,
5419 	NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK,
5420 	NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN,
5421 	NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET,
5422 
5423 	NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT,
5424 	MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT = NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT - 1,
5425 };
5426 
5427 /**
5428  * struct nl80211_pattern_support - packet pattern support information
5429  * @max_patterns: maximum number of patterns supported
5430  * @min_pattern_len: minimum length of each pattern
5431  * @max_pattern_len: maximum length of each pattern
5432  * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset
5433  *
5434  * This struct is carried in %NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN when
5435  * that is part of %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED or in
5436  * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN when that is part of
5437  * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the capability information given
5438  * by the kernel to userspace.
5439  */
5440 struct nl80211_pattern_support {
5441 	__u32 max_patterns;
5442 	__u32 min_pattern_len;
5443 	__u32 max_pattern_len;
5444 	__u32 max_pkt_offset;
5445 } __attribute__((packed));
5446 
5447 /* only for backward compatibility */
5448 #define __NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_INVALID __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID
5449 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_MASK NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK
5450 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_PATTERN NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN
5451 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_OFFSET NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET
5452 #define NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT
5453 #define MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT
5454 #define nl80211_wowlan_pattern_support nl80211_pattern_support
5455 
5456 /**
5457  * enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers - WoWLAN trigger definitions
5458  * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
5459  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY: wake up on any activity, do not really put
5460  *	the chip into a special state -- works best with chips that have
5461  *	support for low-power operation already (flag)
5462  *	Note that this mode is incompatible with all of the others, if
5463  *	any others are even supported by the device.
5464  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT: wake up on disconnect, the way disconnect
5465  *	is detected is implementation-specific (flag)
5466  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT: wake up on magic packet (6x 0xff, followed
5467  *	by 16 repetitions of MAC addr, anywhere in payload) (flag)
5468  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN: wake up on the specified packet patterns
5469  *	which are passed in an array of nested attributes, each nested attribute
5470  *	defining a with attributes from &struct nl80211_wowlan_trig_pkt_pattern.
5471  *	Each pattern defines a wakeup packet. Packet offset is associated with
5472  *	each pattern which is used while matching the pattern. The matching is
5473  *	done on the MSDU, i.e. as though the packet was an 802.3 packet, so the
5474  *	pattern matching is done after the packet is converted to the MSDU.
5475  *
5476  *	In %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED, it is a binary attribute
5477  *	carrying a &struct nl80211_pattern_support.
5478  *
5479  *	When reporting wakeup. it is a u32 attribute containing the 0-based
5480  *	index of the pattern that caused the wakeup, in the patterns passed
5481  *	to the kernel when configuring.
5482  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED: Not a real trigger, and cannot be
5483  *	used when setting, used only to indicate that GTK rekeying is supported
5484  *	by the device (flag)
5485  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: wake up on GTK rekey failure (if
5486  *	done by the device) (flag)
5487  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST: wake up on EAP Identity Request
5488  *	packet (flag)
5489  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: wake up on 4-way handshake (flag)
5490  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE: wake up when rfkill is released
5491  *	(on devices that have rfkill in the device) (flag)
5492  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211: For wakeup reporting only, contains
5493  *	the 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a deauth frame. The frame
5494  *	may be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN
5495  *	attribute contains the original length.
5496  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN: Original length of the 802.11
5497  *	packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211
5498  *	attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere.
5499  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023: For wakeup reporting only, contains the
5500  *	802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a magic packet. The frame may
5501  *	be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN attribute
5502  *	contains the original length.
5503  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN: Original length of the 802.3
5504  *	packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023
5505  *	attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere.
5506  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION: TCP connection wake, see DOC section
5507  *	"TCP connection wakeup" for more details. This is a nested attribute
5508  *	containing the exact information for establishing and keeping alive
5509  *	the TCP connection.
5510  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_WAKEUP_MATCH: For wakeup reporting only, the
5511  *	wakeup packet was received on the TCP connection
5512  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST: For wakeup reporting only, the
5513  *	TCP connection was lost or failed to be established
5514  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS: For wakeup reporting only,
5515  *	the TCP connection ran out of tokens to use for data to send to the
5516  *	service
5517  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT: wake up when a configured network
5518  *	is detected.  This is a nested attribute that contains the
5519  *	same attributes used with @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN.  It
5520  *	specifies how the scan is performed (e.g. the interval, the
5521  *	channels to scan and the initial delay) as well as the scan
5522  *	results that will trigger a wake (i.e. the matchsets).  This
5523  *	attribute is also sent in a response to
5524  *	@NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, indicating the number of match sets
5525  *	supported by the driver (u32).
5526  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS: nested attribute
5527  *	containing an array with information about what triggered the
5528  *	wake up.  If no elements are present in the array, it means
5529  *	that the information is not available.  If more than one
5530  *	element is present, it means that more than one match
5531  *	occurred.
5532  *	Each element in the array is a nested attribute that contains
5533  *	one optional %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute and one optional
5534  *	%NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES attribute.  At least one of
5535  *	these attributes must be present.  If
5536  *	%NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES contains more than one
5537  *	frequency, it means that the match occurred in more than one
5538  *	channel.
5539  * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: number of wake on wireless triggers
5540  * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: highest wowlan trigger attribute number
5541  *
5542  * These nested attributes are used to configure the wakeup triggers and
5543  * to report the wakeup reason(s).
5544  */
5545 enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers {
5546 	__NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID,
5547 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY,
5548 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT,
5549 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT,
5550 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN,
5551 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED,
5552 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE,
5553 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST,
5554 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE,
5555 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE,
5556 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211,
5557 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN,
5558 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023,
5559 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN,
5560 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION,
5561 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_MATCH,
5562 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST,
5563 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS,
5564 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT,
5565 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS,
5566 
5567 	/* keep last */
5568 	NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG,
5569 	MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG - 1
5570 };
5571 
5572 /**
5573  * DOC: TCP connection wakeup
5574  *
5575  * Some devices can establish a TCP connection in order to be woken up by a
5576  * packet coming in from outside their network segment, or behind NAT. If
5577  * configured, the device will establish a TCP connection to the given
5578  * service, and periodically send data to that service. The first data
5579  * packet is usually transmitted after SYN/ACK, also ACKing the SYN/ACK.
5580  * The data packets can optionally include a (little endian) sequence
5581  * number (in the TCP payload!) that is generated by the device, and, also
5582  * optionally, a token from a list of tokens. This serves as a keep-alive
5583  * with the service, and for NATed connections, etc.
5584  *
5585  * During this keep-alive period, the server doesn't send any data to the
5586  * client. When receiving data, it is compared against the wakeup pattern
5587  * (and mask) and if it matches, the host is woken up. Similarly, if the
5588  * connection breaks or cannot be established to start with, the host is
5589  * also woken up.
5590  *
5591  * Developer's note: ARP offload is required for this, otherwise TCP
5592  * response packets might not go through correctly.
5593  */
5594 
5595 /**
5596  * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq - WoWLAN TCP data sequence
5597  * @start: starting value
5598  * @offset: offset of sequence number in packet
5599  * @len: length of the sequence value to write, 1 through 4
5600  *
5601  * Note: don't confuse with the TCP sequence number(s), this is for the
5602  * keepalive packet payload. The actual value is written into the packet
5603  * in little endian.
5604  */
5605 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq {
5606 	__u32 start, offset, len;
5607 };
5608 
5609 /**
5610  * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token - WoWLAN TCP data token config
5611  * @offset: offset of token in packet
5612  * @len: length of each token
5613  * @token_stream: stream of data to be used for the tokens, the length must
5614  *	be a multiple of @len for this to make sense
5615  */
5616 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token {
5617 	__u32 offset, len;
5618 	__u8 token_stream[];
5619 };
5620 
5621 /**
5622  * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature - data token features
5623  * @min_len: minimum token length
5624  * @max_len: maximum token length
5625  * @bufsize: total available token buffer size (max size of @token_stream)
5626  */
5627 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature {
5628 	__u32 min_len, max_len, bufsize;
5629 };
5630 
5631 /**
5632  * enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs - WoWLAN TCP connection parameters
5633  * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
5634  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4: source IPv4 address (in network byte order)
5635  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4: destination IPv4 address
5636  *	(in network byte order)
5637  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC: destination MAC address, this is given because
5638  *	route lookup when configured might be invalid by the time we suspend,
5639  *	and doing a route lookup when suspending is no longer possible as it
5640  *	might require ARP querying.
5641  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT: source port (u16); optional, if not given a
5642  *	socket and port will be allocated
5643  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT: destination port (u16)
5644  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD: data packet payload, at least one byte.
5645  *	For feature advertising, a u32 attribute holding the maximum length
5646  *	of the data payload.
5647  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ: data packet sequence configuration
5648  *	(if desired), a &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq. For feature
5649  *	advertising it is just a flag
5650  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN: data packet token configuration,
5651  *	see &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token and for advertising see
5652  *	&struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature.
5653  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL: data interval in seconds, maximum
5654  *	interval in feature advertising (u32)
5655  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD: wake packet payload, for advertising a
5656  *	u32 attribute holding the maximum length
5657  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK: Wake packet payload mask, not used for
5658  *	feature advertising. The mask works like @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK
5659  *	but on the TCP payload only.
5660  * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: number of TCP attributes
5661  * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: highest attribute number
5662  */
5663 enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs {
5664 	__NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID,
5665 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4,
5666 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4,
5667 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC,
5668 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT,
5669 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT,
5670 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD,
5671 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ,
5672 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN,
5673 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL,
5674 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD,
5675 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK,
5676 
5677 	/* keep last */
5678 	NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP,
5679 	MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP - 1
5680 };
5681 
5682 /**
5683  * struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support - coalesce rule support information
5684  * @max_rules: maximum number of rules supported
5685  * @pat: packet pattern support information
5686  * @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs
5687  *
5688  * This struct is carried in %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the
5689  * capability information given by the kernel to userspace.
5690  */
5691 struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support {
5692 	__u32 max_rules;
5693 	struct nl80211_pattern_support pat;
5694 	__u32 max_delay;
5695 } __attribute__((packed));
5696 
5697 /**
5698  * enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule - coalesce rule attribute
5699  * @__NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
5700  * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY: delay in msecs used for packet coalescing
5701  * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION: condition for packet coalescence,
5702  *	see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition.
5703  * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN: packet offset, pattern is matched
5704  *	after these fixed number of bytes of received packet
5705  * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: number of attributes
5706  * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX: max attribute number
5707  */
5708 enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule {
5709 	__NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID,
5710 	NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY,
5711 	NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION,
5712 	NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN,
5713 
5714 	/* keep last */
5715 	NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE,
5716 	NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE - 1
5717 };
5718 
5719 /**
5720  * enum nl80211_coalesce_condition - coalesce rule conditions
5721  * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH: coalaesce Rx packets when patterns
5722  *	in a rule are matched.
5723  * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH: coalesce Rx packets when patterns
5724  *	in a rule are not matched.
5725  */
5726 enum nl80211_coalesce_condition {
5727 	NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH,
5728 	NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH
5729 };
5730 
5731 /**
5732  * enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs - limit attributes
5733  * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC: (reserved)
5734  * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX: maximum number of interfaces that
5735  *	can be chosen from this set of interface types (u32)
5736  * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES: nested attribute containing a
5737  *	flag attribute for each interface type in this set
5738  * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: number of attributes
5739  * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: highest attribute number
5740  */
5741 enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs {
5742 	NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC,
5743 	NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX,
5744 	NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES,
5745 
5746 	/* keep last */
5747 	NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT,
5748 	MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT - 1
5749 };
5750 
5751 /**
5752  * enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs -- interface combination attributes
5753  *
5754  * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC: (reserved)
5755  * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS: Nested attributes containing the limits
5756  *	for given interface types, see &enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs.
5757  * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM: u32 attribute giving the total number of
5758  *	interfaces that can be created in this group. This number doesn't
5759  *	apply to interfaces purely managed in software, which are listed
5760  *	in a separate attribute %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACES_SOFTWARE.
5761  * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH: flag attribute specifying that
5762  *	beacon intervals within this group must be all the same even for
5763  *	infrastructure and AP/GO combinations, i.e. the GO(s) must adopt
5764  *	the infrastructure network's beacon interval.
5765  * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS: u32 attribute specifying how many
5766  *	different channels may be used within this group.
5767  * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap
5768  *	of supported channel widths for radar detection.
5769  * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap
5770  *	of supported regulatory regions for radar detection.
5771  * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD: u32 attribute specifying the minimum GCD of
5772  *	different beacon intervals supported by all the interface combinations
5773  *	in this group (if not present, all beacon intervals be identical).
5774  * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: number of attributes
5775  * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: highest attribute number
5776  *
5777  * Examples:
5778  *	limits = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{AP} <= 1 ], matching BI, channels = 1, max = 2
5779  *	=> allows an AP and a STA that must match BIs
5780  *
5781  *	numbers = [ #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8 ], BI min gcd, channels = 1, max = 8,
5782  *	=> allows 8 of AP/GO that can have BI gcd >= min gcd
5783  *
5784  *	numbers = [ #{STA} <= 2 ], channels = 2, max = 2
5785  *	=> allows two STAs on the same or on different channels
5786  *
5787  *	numbers = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 ], max = 4
5788  *	=> allows a STA plus three P2P interfaces
5789  *
5790  * The list of these four possibilities could completely be contained
5791  * within the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute to indicate
5792  * that any of these groups must match.
5793  *
5794  * "Combinations" of just a single interface will not be listed here,
5795  * a single interface of any valid interface type is assumed to always
5796  * be possible by itself. This means that implicitly, for each valid
5797  * interface type, the following group always exists:
5798  *	numbers = [ #{<type>} <= 1 ], channels = 1, max = 1
5799  */
5800 enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs {
5801 	NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC,
5802 	NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS,
5803 	NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM,
5804 	NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH,
5805 	NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS,
5806 	NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS,
5807 	NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS,
5808 	NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD,
5809 
5810 	/* keep last */
5811 	NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB,
5812 	MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB - 1
5813 };
5814 
5815 
5816 /**
5817  * enum nl80211_plink_state - state of a mesh peer link finite state machine
5818  *
5819  * @NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN: initial state, considered the implicit
5820  *	state of non existent mesh peer links
5821  * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT: mesh plink open frame has been sent to
5822  *	this mesh peer
5823  * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD: mesh plink open frame has been received
5824  *	from this mesh peer
5825  * @NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD: mesh plink confirm frame has been
5826  *	received from this mesh peer
5827  * @NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB: mesh peer link is established
5828  * @NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING: mesh peer link is being closed or cancelled
5829  * @NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED: all frames transmitted from this mesh
5830  *	plink are discarded, except for authentication frames
5831  * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: number of peer link states
5832  * @MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: highest numerical value of plink states
5833  */
5834 enum nl80211_plink_state {
5835 	NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN,
5836 	NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT,
5837 	NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD,
5838 	NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD,
5839 	NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB,
5840 	NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING,
5841 	NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED,
5842 
5843 	/* keep last */
5844 	NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES,
5845 	MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES = NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES - 1
5846 };
5847 
5848 /**
5849  * enum nl80211_plink_action - actions to perform in mesh peers
5850  *
5851  * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION: perform no action
5852  * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN: start mesh peer link establishment
5853  * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK: block traffic from this mesh peer
5854  * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS: number of possible actions
5855  */
5856 enum plink_actions {
5857 	NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION,
5858 	NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN,
5859 	NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK,
5860 
5861 	NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS,
5862 };
5863 
5864 
5865 #define NL80211_KCK_LEN			16
5866 #define NL80211_KEK_LEN			16
5867 #define NL80211_KCK_EXT_LEN		24
5868 #define NL80211_KEK_EXT_LEN		32
5869 #define NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN		8
5870 
5871 /**
5872  * enum nl80211_rekey_data - attributes for GTK rekey offload
5873  * @__NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
5874  * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK: key encryption key (binary)
5875  * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK: key confirmation key (binary)
5876  * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR: replay counter (binary)
5877  * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_AKM: AKM data (OUI, suite type)
5878  * @NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: number of rekey attributes (internal)
5879  * @MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: highest rekey attribute (internal)
5880  */
5881 enum nl80211_rekey_data {
5882 	__NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID,
5883 	NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK,
5884 	NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK,
5885 	NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR,
5886 	NL80211_REKEY_DATA_AKM,
5887 
5888 	/* keep last */
5889 	NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA,
5890 	MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA = NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA - 1
5891 };
5892 
5893 /**
5894  * enum nl80211_hidden_ssid - values for %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID
5895  * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE: do not hide SSID (i.e., broadcast it in
5896  *	Beacon frames)
5897  * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN: hide SSID by using zero-length SSID element
5898  *	in Beacon frames
5899  * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS: hide SSID by using correct length of SSID
5900  *	element in Beacon frames but zero out each byte in the SSID
5901  */
5902 enum nl80211_hidden_ssid {
5903 	NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE,
5904 	NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN,
5905 	NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS
5906 };
5907 
5908 /**
5909  * enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr - station WME attributes
5910  * @__NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
5911  * @NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES: bitmap of uapsd queues. the format
5912  *	is the same as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field.
5913  * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP: max service period. the format is the same
5914  *	as the MAX_SP field in the QoS info field (but already shifted down).
5915  * @__NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST: internal
5916  * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX: highest station WME attribute
5917  */
5918 enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr {
5919 	__NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID,
5920 	NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES,
5921 	NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP,
5922 
5923 	/* keep last */
5924 	__NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST,
5925 	NL80211_STA_WME_MAX = __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST - 1
5926 };
5927 
5928 /**
5929  * enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr - attributes for PMKSA caching candidates
5930  * @__NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
5931  * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX: candidate index (u32; the smaller, the higher
5932  *	priority)
5933  * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID: candidate BSSID (6 octets)
5934  * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH: RSN pre-authentication supported (flag)
5935  * @NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: number of PMKSA caching candidate attributes
5936  *	(internal)
5937  * @MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: highest PMKSA caching candidate attribute
5938  *	(internal)
5939  */
5940 enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr {
5941 	__NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID,
5942 	NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX,
5943 	NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID,
5944 	NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH,
5945 
5946 	/* keep last */
5947 	NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
5948 	MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE = NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE - 1
5949 };
5950 
5951 /**
5952  * enum nl80211_tdls_operation - values for %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION
5953  * @NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ: Send a TDLS discovery request
5954  * @NL80211_TDLS_SETUP: Setup TDLS link
5955  * @NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN: Teardown a TDLS link which is already established
5956  * @NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK: Enable TDLS link
5957  * @NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK: Disable TDLS link
5958  */
5959 enum nl80211_tdls_operation {
5960 	NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ,
5961 	NL80211_TDLS_SETUP,
5962 	NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN,
5963 	NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK,
5964 	NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK,
5965 };
5966 
5967 /**
5968  * enum nl80211_ap_sme_features - device-integrated AP features
5969  * @NL80211_AP_SME_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD: SA Query procedures offloaded to driver
5970  *	when user space indicates support for SA Query procedures offload during
5971  *	"start ap" with %NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT.
5972  */
5973 enum nl80211_ap_sme_features {
5974 	NL80211_AP_SME_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD		= 1 << 0,
5975 };
5976 
5977 /**
5978  * enum nl80211_feature_flags - device/driver features
5979  * @NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS: This driver supports reflecting back
5980  *	TX status to the socket error queue when requested with the
5981  *	socket option.
5982  * @NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with HT datarates.
5983  * @NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER: This driver takes care of freeing up
5984  *	the connected inactive stations in AP mode.
5985  * @NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS: This driver has been tested
5986  *	to work properly to support receiving regulatory hints from
5987  *	cellular base stations.
5988  * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL: (no longer available, only
5989  *	here to reserve the value for API/ABI compatibility)
5990  * @NL80211_FEATURE_SAE: This driver supports simultaneous authentication of
5991  *	equals (SAE) with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station
5992  *	mode
5993  * @NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN: This driver supports low priority scan
5994  * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH: Scan flush is supported
5995  * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN: Support scanning using an AP vif
5996  * @NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER: The driver supports per-vif TX power setting
5997  * @NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN: The driver expects userspace to perform
5998  *	OBSS scans and generate 20/40 BSS coex reports. This flag is used only
5999  *	for drivers implementing the CONNECT API, for AUTH/ASSOC it is implied.
6000  * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN: P2P GO implementation supports CT Window
6001  *	setting
6002  * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS: P2P GO implementation supports opportunistic
6003  *	powersave
6004  * @NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE: The driver supports full state
6005  *	transitions for AP clients. Without this flag (and if the driver
6006  *	doesn't have the AP SME in the device) the driver supports adding
6007  *	stations only when they're associated and adds them in associated
6008  *	state (to later be transitioned into authorized), with this flag
6009  *	they should be added before even sending the authentication reply
6010  *	and then transitioned into authenticated, associated and authorized
6011  *	states using station flags.
6012  *	Note that even for drivers that support this, the default is to add
6013  *	stations in authenticated/associated state, so to add unauthenticated
6014  *	stations the authenticated/associated bits have to be set in the mask.
6015  * @NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS: cfg80211 advertises channel limits
6016  *	(HT40, VHT 80/160 MHz) if this flag is set
6017  * @NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM: This driver supports a userspace Mesh
6018  *	Peering Management entity which may be implemented by registering for
6019  *	beacons or NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE events. The mesh beacon is
6020  *	still generated by the driver.
6021  * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR: This driver supports an active monitor
6022  *	interface. An active monitor interface behaves like a normal monitor
6023  *	interface, but gets added to the driver. It ensures that incoming
6024  *	unicast packets directed at the configured interface address get ACKed.
6025  * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE: This driver supports dynamic
6026  *	channel bandwidth change (e.g., HT 20 <-> 40 MHz channel) during the
6027  *	lifetime of a BSS.
6028  * @NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a DS Parameter
6029  *	Set IE to probe requests.
6030  * @NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a WFA TPC Report IE
6031  *	to probe requests.
6032  * @NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET: This device, in client mode, supports Quiet Period
6033  *	requests sent to it by an AP.
6034  * @NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION: This device is capable of inserting the
6035  *	current tx power value into the TPC Report IE in the spectrum
6036  *	management TPC Report action frame, and in the Radio Measurement Link
6037  *	Measurement Report action frame.
6038  * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION: This driver supports dynamic ACK timeout
6039  *	estimation (dynack). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK flag attribute is used
6040  *	to enable dynack.
6041  * @NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS: Device supports static spatial
6042  *	multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain
6043  *	even on HT connections that should be using more chains.
6044  * @NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS: Device supports dynamic spatial
6045  *	multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain
6046  *	and then wake the rest up as required after, for example,
6047  *	rts/cts handshake.
6048  * @NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION: the device supports setting up WMM
6049  *	TSPEC sessions (TID aka TSID 0-7) with the %NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS
6050  *	command. Standard IEEE 802.11 TSPEC setup is not yet supported, it
6051  *	needs to be able to handle Block-Ack agreements and other things.
6052  * @NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE: Device supports configuring
6053  *	the vif's MAC address upon creation.
6054  *	See 'macaddr' field in the vif_params (cfg80211.h).
6055  * @NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Driver supports channel switching when
6056  *	operating as a TDLS peer.
6057  * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a
6058  *	random MAC address during scan (if the device is unassociated); the
6059  *	%NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR flag may be set for scans and the MAC
6060  *	address mask/value will be used.
6061  * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports
6062  *	using a random MAC address for every scan iteration during scheduled
6063  *	scan (while not associated), the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may
6064  *	be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used.
6065  * @NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a
6066  *	random MAC address for every scan iteration during "net detect", i.e.
6067  *	scan in unassociated WoWLAN, the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may
6068  *	be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used.
6069  */
6070 enum nl80211_feature_flags {
6071 	NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS			= 1 << 0,
6072 	NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS				= 1 << 1,
6073 	NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER		= 1 << 2,
6074 	NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS		= 1 << 3,
6075 	NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL	= 1 << 4,
6076 	NL80211_FEATURE_SAE				= 1 << 5,
6077 	NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN		= 1 << 6,
6078 	NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH			= 1 << 7,
6079 	NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN				= 1 << 8,
6080 	NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER			= 1 << 9,
6081 	NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN			= 1 << 10,
6082 	NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN			= 1 << 11,
6083 	NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS			= 1 << 12,
6084 	/* bit 13 is reserved */
6085 	NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS		= 1 << 14,
6086 	NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE		= 1 << 15,
6087 	NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM			= 1 << 16,
6088 	NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR			= 1 << 17,
6089 	NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE	= 1 << 18,
6090 	NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES	= 1 << 19,
6091 	NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES		= 1 << 20,
6092 	NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET				= 1 << 21,
6093 	NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION		= 1 << 22,
6094 	NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION		= 1 << 23,
6095 	NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS			= 1 << 24,
6096 	NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS			= 1 << 25,
6097 	NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION		= 1 << 26,
6098 	NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE			= 1 << 27,
6099 	NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH		= 1 << 28,
6100 	NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR		= 1 << 29,
6101 	NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR	= 1 << 30,
6102 	NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR		= 1U << 31,
6103 };
6104 
6105 /**
6106  * enum nl80211_ext_feature_index - bit index of extended features.
6107  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with VHT datarates.
6108  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM: This driver supports RRM. When featured, user can
6109  *	request to use RRM (see %NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM) with
6110  *	%NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests, which will set
6111  *	the ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM flag in the association request even if
6112  *	NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET is not advertized.
6113  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER: This device supports MU-MIMO air
6114  *	sniffer which means that it can be configured to hear packets from
6115  *	certain groups which can be configured by the
6116  *	%NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA attribute,
6117  *	or can be configured to follow a station by configuring the
6118  *	%NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR attribute.
6119  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME: This driver includes the actual
6120  *	time the scan started in scan results event. The time is the TSF of
6121  *	the BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to
6122  *	(if available).
6123  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF: Per BSS, this driver reports the
6124  *	time the last beacon/probe was received. The time is the TSF of the
6125  *	BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to
6126  *	(if available).
6127  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL: This driver supports configuration of
6128  *	channel dwell time.
6129  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY: Driver supports beacon rate
6130  *	configuration (AP/mesh), supporting a legacy (non HT/VHT) rate.
6131  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT: Driver supports beacon rate
6132  *	configuration (AP/mesh) with HT rates.
6133  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT: Driver supports beacon rate
6134  *	configuration (AP/mesh) with VHT rates.
6135  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA: This driver supports Fast Initial Link Setup
6136  *	with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station mode.
6137  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA: This driver supports randomized TA
6138  *	in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while not associated.
6139  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED: This driver supports
6140  *	randomized TA in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while associated.
6141  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: The driver supports sched_scan
6142  *	for reporting BSSs with better RSSI than the current connected BSS
6143  *	(%NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI).
6144  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST: With this driver the
6145  *	%NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD attribute accepts a list of zero or more
6146  *	RSSI threshold values to monitor rather than exactly one threshold.
6147  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD: Driver SME supports FILS shared key
6148  *	authentication with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
6149  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK: Device wants to do 4-way
6150  *	handshake with PSK in station mode (PSK is passed as part of the connect
6151  *	and associate commands), doing it in the host might not be supported.
6152  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X: Device wants to do doing 4-way
6153  *	handshake with 802.1X in station mode (will pass EAP frames to the host
6154  *	and accept the set_pmk/del_pmk commands), doing it in the host might not
6155  *	be supported.
6156  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME: Driver is capable of overriding
6157  *	the max channel attribute in the FILS request params IE with the
6158  *	actual dwell time.
6159  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Driver accepts broadcast probe
6160  *	response
6161  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE: Driver supports sending
6162  *	the first probe request in each channel at rate of at least 5.5Mbps.
6163  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION: Driver supports
6164  *	probe request tx deferral and suppression
6165  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL: Driver supports the %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL
6166  *	value in %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP.
6167  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_SPAN_SCAN: Driver supports low span scan.
6168  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_POWER_SCAN: Driver supports low power scan.
6169  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_HIGH_ACCURACY_SCAN: Driver supports high accuracy scan.
6170  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD: HW/driver will offload DFS actions.
6171  *	Device or driver will do all DFS-related actions by itself,
6172  *	informing user-space about CAC progress, radar detection event,
6173  *	channel change triggered by radar detection event.
6174  *	No need to start CAC from user-space, no need to react to
6175  *	"radar detected" event.
6176  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211: Driver supports sending and
6177  *	receiving control port frames over nl80211 instead of the netdevice.
6178  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT: This driver/device supports
6179  *	(average) ACK signal strength reporting.
6180  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_TXQS: Driver supports FQ-CoDel-enabled intermediate
6181  *      TXQs.
6182  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_SN: Driver/device supports randomizing the
6183  *	SN in probe request frames if requested by %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN.
6184  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT: Driver/device can omit all data
6185  *	except for supported rates from the probe request content if requested
6186  *	by the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT flag.
6187  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ENABLE_FTM_RESPONDER: Driver supports enabling fine
6188  *	timing measurement responder role.
6189  *
6190  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0: Driver/device confirm that they are
6191  *      able to rekey an in-use key correctly. Userspace must not rekey PTK keys
6192  *      if this flag is not set. Ignoring this can leak clear text packets and/or
6193  *      freeze the connection.
6194  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID: Driver supports "Extended Key ID for
6195  *      Individually Addressed Frames" from IEEE802.11-2016.
6196  *
6197  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AIRTIME_FAIRNESS: Driver supports getting airtime
6198  *	fairness for transmitted packets and has enabled airtime fairness
6199  *	scheduling.
6200  *
6201  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AP_PMKSA_CACHING: Driver/device supports PMKSA caching
6202  *	(set/del PMKSA operations) in AP mode.
6203  *
6204  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD: Driver supports
6205  *	filtering of sched scan results using band specific RSSI thresholds.
6206  *
6207  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_STA_TX_PWR: This driver supports controlling tx power
6208  *	to a station.
6209  *
6210  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD: Device wants to do SAE authentication in
6211  *	station mode (SAE password is passed as part of the connect command).
6212  *
6213  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD: The driver supports a single netdev
6214  *	with VLAN tagged frames and separate VLAN-specific netdevs added using
6215  *	vconfig similarly to the Ethernet case.
6216  *
6217  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AQL: The driver supports the Airtime Queue Limit (AQL)
6218  *	feature, which prevents bufferbloat by using the expected transmission
6219  *	time to limit the amount of data buffered in the hardware.
6220  *
6221  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION: The driver supports Beacon protection
6222  *	and can receive key configuration for BIGTK using key indexes 6 and 7.
6223  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION_CLIENT: The driver supports Beacon
6224  *	protection as a client only and cannot transmit protected beacons.
6225  *
6226  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH: The driver can disable the
6227  *	forwarding of preauth frames over the control port. They are then
6228  *	handled as ordinary data frames.
6229  *
6230  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROTECTED_TWT: Driver supports protected TWT frames
6231  *
6232  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DEL_IBSS_STA: The driver supports removing stations
6233  *      in IBSS mode, essentially by dropping their state.
6234  *
6235  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MULTICAST_REGISTRATIONS: management frame registrations
6236  *	are possible for multicast frames and those will be reported properly.
6237  *
6238  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ: This driver supports receiving and
6239  *	reporting scan request with %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ. In order to
6240  *	report %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ, %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FREQ_KHZ must be
6241  *	included in the scan request.
6242  *
6243  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211_TX_STATUS: The driver
6244  *	can report tx status for control port over nl80211 tx operations.
6245  *
6246  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OPERATING_CHANNEL_VALIDATION: Driver supports Operating
6247  *	Channel Validation (OCV) when using driver's SME for RSNA handshakes.
6248  *
6249  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_AP_PSK: Device wants to do 4-way
6250  *	handshake with PSK in AP mode (PSK is passed as part of the start AP
6251  *	command).
6252  *
6253  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD_AP: Device wants to do SAE authentication
6254  *	in AP mode (SAE password is passed as part of the start AP command).
6255  *
6256  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_DISCOVERY: Driver/device supports FILS discovery
6257  *	frames transmission
6258  *
6259  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Driver/device supports
6260  *	unsolicited broadcast probe response transmission
6261  *
6262  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HE: Driver supports beacon rate
6263  *	configuration (AP/mesh) with HE rates.
6264  *
6265  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_LTF: Device supports secure LTF measurement
6266  *      exchange protocol.
6267  *
6268  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_RTT: Device supports secure RTT measurement
6269  *      exchange protocol.
6270  *
6271  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROT_RANGE_NEGO_AND_MEASURE: Device supports management
6272  *      frame protection for all management frames exchanged during the
6273  *      negotiation and range measurement procedure.
6274  *
6275  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_COLOR: The driver supports BSS color collision
6276  *	detection and change announcemnts.
6277  *
6278  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_CRYPTO_OFFLOAD: Driver running in AP mode supports
6279  *	FILS encryption and decryption for (Re)Association Request and Response
6280  *	frames. Userspace has to share FILS AAD details to the driver by using
6281  *	@NL80211_CMD_SET_FILS_AAD.
6282  *
6283  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RADAR_BACKGROUND: Device supports background radar/CAC
6284  *	detection.
6285  *
6286  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_POWERED_ADDR_CHANGE: Device can perform a MAC address
6287  *	change without having to bring the underlying network device down
6288  *	first. For example, in station mode this can be used to vary the
6289  *	origin MAC address prior to a connection to a new AP for privacy
6290  *	or other reasons. Note that certain driver specific restrictions
6291  *	might apply, e.g. no scans in progress, no offchannel operations
6292  *	in progress, and no active connections.
6293  *
6294  * @NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: number of extended features.
6295  * @MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: highest extended feature index.
6296  */
6297 enum nl80211_ext_feature_index {
6298 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS,
6299 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM,
6300 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER,
6301 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME,
6302 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF,
6303 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL,
6304 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY,
6305 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT,
6306 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT,
6307 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA,
6308 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA,
6309 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED,
6310 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI,
6311 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST,
6312 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD,
6313 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK,
6314 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X,
6315 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME,
6316 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP,
6317 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE,
6318 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION,
6319 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL,
6320 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_SPAN_SCAN,
6321 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_POWER_SCAN,
6322 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_HIGH_ACCURACY_SCAN,
6323 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD,
6324 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211,
6325 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT,
6326 	/* we renamed this - stay compatible */
6327 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT = NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT,
6328 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_TXQS,
6329 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_SN,
6330 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT,
6331 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0,
6332 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ENABLE_FTM_RESPONDER,
6333 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AIRTIME_FAIRNESS,
6334 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AP_PMKSA_CACHING,
6335 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD,
6336 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID,
6337 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_STA_TX_PWR,
6338 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD,
6339 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD,
6340 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AQL,
6341 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION,
6342 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH,
6343 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROTECTED_TWT,
6344 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DEL_IBSS_STA,
6345 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MULTICAST_REGISTRATIONS,
6346 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION_CLIENT,
6347 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ,
6348 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211_TX_STATUS,
6349 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OPERATING_CHANNEL_VALIDATION,
6350 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_AP_PSK,
6351 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD_AP,
6352 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_DISCOVERY,
6353 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP,
6354 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HE,
6355 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_LTF,
6356 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_RTT,
6357 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROT_RANGE_NEGO_AND_MEASURE,
6358 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_COLOR,
6359 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_CRYPTO_OFFLOAD,
6360 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RADAR_BACKGROUND,
6361 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_POWERED_ADDR_CHANGE,
6362 
6363 	/* add new features before the definition below */
6364 	NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES,
6365 	MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES = NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES - 1
6366 };
6367 
6368 /**
6369  * enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr - optional supported
6370  *	protocols for probe-response offloading by the driver/FW.
6371  *	To be used with the %NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD attribute.
6372  *	Each enum value represents a bit in the bitmap of supported
6373  *	protocols. Typically a subset of probe-requests belonging to a
6374  *	supported protocol will be excluded from offload and uploaded
6375  *	to the host.
6376  *
6377  * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS: Support for WPS ver. 1
6378  * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2: Support for WPS ver. 2
6379  * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P: Support for P2P
6380  * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U: Support for 802.11u
6381  */
6382 enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr {
6383 	NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS =	1<<0,
6384 	NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2 =	1<<1,
6385 	NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P =	1<<2,
6386 	NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U =	1<<3,
6387 };
6388 
6389 /**
6390  * enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason - connection request failed reasons
6391  * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS: Maximum number of clients that can be
6392  *	handled by the AP is reached.
6393  * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT: Connection request is rejected due to ACL.
6394  */
6395 enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason {
6396 	NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS,
6397 	NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT,
6398 };
6399 
6400 /**
6401  * enum nl80211_timeout_reason - timeout reasons
6402  *
6403  * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED: Timeout reason unspecified.
6404  * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN: Scan (AP discovery) timed out.
6405  * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH: Authentication timed out.
6406  * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC: Association timed out.
6407  */
6408 enum nl80211_timeout_reason {
6409 	NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED,
6410 	NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN,
6411 	NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH,
6412 	NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC,
6413 };
6414 
6415 /**
6416  * enum nl80211_scan_flags -  scan request control flags
6417  *
6418  * Scan request control flags are used to control the handling
6419  * of NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN
6420  * requests.
6421  *
6422  * NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN, NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER, and
6423  * NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY flags are exclusive of each other, i.e., only
6424  * one of them can be used in the request.
6425  *
6426  * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY: scan request has low priority
6427  * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH: flush cache before scanning
6428  * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP: force a scan even if the interface is configured
6429  *	as AP and the beaconing has already been configured. This attribute is
6430  *	dangerous because will destroy stations performance as a lot of frames
6431  *	will be lost while scanning off-channel, therefore it must be used only
6432  *	when really needed
6433  * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR: use a random MAC address for this scan (or
6434  *	for scheduled scan: a different one for every scan iteration). When the
6435  *	flag is set, depending on device capabilities the @NL80211_ATTR_MAC and
6436  *	@NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes may also be given in which case only
6437  *	the masked bits will be preserved from the MAC address and the remainder
6438  *	randomised. If the attributes are not given full randomisation (46 bits,
6439  *	locally administered 1, multicast 0) is assumed.
6440  *	This flag must not be requested when the feature isn't supported, check
6441  *	the nl80211 feature flags for the device.
6442  * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME: fill the dwell time in the FILS
6443  *	request parameters IE in the probe request
6444  * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: accept broadcast probe responses
6445  * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE: send probe request frames at
6446  *	rate of at least 5.5M. In case non OCE AP is discovered in the channel,
6447  *	only the first probe req in the channel will be sent in high rate.
6448  * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION: allow probe request
6449  *	tx deferral (dot11FILSProbeDelay shall be set to 15ms)
6450  *	and suppression (if it has received a broadcast Probe Response frame,
6451  *	Beacon frame or FILS Discovery frame from an AP that the STA considers
6452  *	a suitable candidate for (re-)association - suitable in terms of
6453  *	SSID and/or RSSI.
6454  * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN: Span corresponds to the total time taken to
6455  *	accomplish the scan. Thus, this flag intends the driver to perform the
6456  *	scan request with lesser span/duration. It is specific to the driver
6457  *	implementations on how this is accomplished. Scan accuracy may get
6458  *	impacted with this flag.
6459  * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER: This flag intends the scan attempts to consume
6460  *	optimal possible power. Drivers can resort to their specific means to
6461  *	optimize the power. Scan accuracy may get impacted with this flag.
6462  * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY: Accuracy here intends to the extent of scan
6463  *	results obtained. Thus HIGH_ACCURACY scan flag aims to get maximum
6464  *	possible scan results. This flag hints the driver to use the best
6465  *	possible scan configuration to improve the accuracy in scanning.
6466  *	Latency and power use may get impacted with this flag.
6467  * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN: randomize the sequence number in probe
6468  *	request frames from this scan to avoid correlation/tracking being
6469  *	possible.
6470  * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT: minimize probe request content to
6471  *	only have supported rates and no additional capabilities (unless
6472  *	added by userspace explicitly.)
6473  * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FREQ_KHZ: report scan results with
6474  *	%NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ. This also means
6475  *	%NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES will not be included.
6476  * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_COLOCATED_6GHZ: scan for colocated APs reported by
6477  *	2.4/5 GHz APs
6478  */
6479 enum nl80211_scan_flags {
6480 	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY				= 1<<0,
6481 	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH					= 1<<1,
6482 	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP					= 1<<2,
6483 	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR				= 1<<3,
6484 	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME			= 1<<4,
6485 	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP		= 1<<5,
6486 	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE		= 1<<6,
6487 	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION	= 1<<7,
6488 	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN				= 1<<8,
6489 	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER				= 1<<9,
6490 	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY				= 1<<10,
6491 	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN				= 1<<11,
6492 	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT			= 1<<12,
6493 	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FREQ_KHZ				= 1<<13,
6494 	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_COLOCATED_6GHZ			= 1<<14,
6495 };
6496 
6497 /**
6498  * enum nl80211_acl_policy - access control policy
6499  *
6500  * Access control policy is applied on a MAC list set by
6501  * %NL80211_CMD_START_AP and %NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL, to
6502  * be used with %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY.
6503  *
6504  * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED: Deny stations which are
6505  *	listed in ACL, i.e. allow all the stations which are not listed
6506  *	in ACL to authenticate.
6507  * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED: Allow the stations which are listed
6508  *	in ACL, i.e. deny all the stations which are not listed in ACL.
6509  */
6510 enum nl80211_acl_policy {
6511 	NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED,
6512 	NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED,
6513 };
6514 
6515 /**
6516  * enum nl80211_smps_mode - SMPS mode
6517  *
6518  * Requested SMPS mode (for AP mode)
6519  *
6520  * @NL80211_SMPS_OFF: SMPS off (use all antennas).
6521  * @NL80211_SMPS_STATIC: static SMPS (use a single antenna)
6522  * @NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC: dynamic smps (start with a single antenna and
6523  *	turn on other antennas after CTS/RTS).
6524  */
6525 enum nl80211_smps_mode {
6526 	NL80211_SMPS_OFF,
6527 	NL80211_SMPS_STATIC,
6528 	NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC,
6529 
6530 	__NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST,
6531 	NL80211_SMPS_MAX = __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST - 1
6532 };
6533 
6534 /**
6535  * enum nl80211_radar_event - type of radar event for DFS operation
6536  *
6537  * Type of event to be used with NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT to inform userspace
6538  * about detected radars or success of the channel available check (CAC)
6539  *
6540  * @NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED: A radar pattern has been detected. The channel is
6541  *	now unusable.
6542  * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED: Channel Availability Check has been finished,
6543  *	the channel is now available.
6544  * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED: Channel Availability Check has been aborted, no
6545  *	change to the channel status.
6546  * @NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED: The Non-Occupancy Period for this channel is
6547  *	over, channel becomes usable.
6548  * @NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED: Channel Availability Check done on this
6549  *	non-operating channel is expired and no longer valid. New CAC must
6550  *	be done on this channel before starting the operation. This is not
6551  *	applicable for ETSI dfs domain where pre-CAC is valid for ever.
6552  * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_STARTED: Channel Availability Check has been started,
6553  *	should be generated by HW if NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD is enabled.
6554  */
6555 enum nl80211_radar_event {
6556 	NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED,
6557 	NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED,
6558 	NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED,
6559 	NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED,
6560 	NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED,
6561 	NL80211_RADAR_CAC_STARTED,
6562 };
6563 
6564 /**
6565  * enum nl80211_dfs_state - DFS states for channels
6566  *
6567  * Channel states used by the DFS code.
6568  *
6569  * @NL80211_DFS_USABLE: The channel can be used, but channel availability
6570  *	check (CAC) must be performed before using it for AP or IBSS.
6571  * @NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE: A radar has been detected on this channel, it
6572  *	is therefore marked as not available.
6573  * @NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE: The channel has been CAC checked and is available.
6574  */
6575 enum nl80211_dfs_state {
6576 	NL80211_DFS_USABLE,
6577 	NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE,
6578 	NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE,
6579 };
6580 
6581 /**
6582  * enum nl80211_protocol_features - nl80211 protocol features
6583  * @NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: nl80211 supports splitting
6584  *	wiphy dumps (if requested by the application with the attribute
6585  *	%NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP. Also supported is filtering the
6586  *	wiphy dump by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX or
6587  *	%NL80211_ATTR_WDEV.
6588  */
6589 enum nl80211_protocol_features {
6590 	NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP =	1 << 0,
6591 };
6592 
6593 /**
6594  * enum nl80211_crit_proto_id - nl80211 critical protocol identifiers
6595  *
6596  * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC: protocol unspecified.
6597  * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP: BOOTP or DHCPv6 protocol.
6598  * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL: EAPOL protocol.
6599  * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA: APIPA protocol.
6600  * @NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO: must be kept last.
6601  */
6602 enum nl80211_crit_proto_id {
6603 	NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC,
6604 	NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP,
6605 	NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL,
6606 	NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA,
6607 	/* add other protocols before this one */
6608 	NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO
6609 };
6610 
6611 /* maximum duration for critical protocol measures */
6612 #define NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_MAX_DURATION		5000 /* msec */
6613 
6614 /**
6615  * enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags - flags for received management frame.
6616  *
6617  * Used by cfg80211_rx_mgmt()
6618  *
6619  * @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED: frame was answered by device/driver.
6620  * @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_EXTERNAL_AUTH: Host driver intends to offload
6621  *	the authentication. Exclusively defined for host drivers that
6622  *	advertises the SME functionality but would like the userspace
6623  *	to handle certain authentication algorithms (e.g. SAE).
6624  */
6625 enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags {
6626 	NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED = 1 << 0,
6627 	NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_EXTERNAL_AUTH = 1 << 1,
6628 };
6629 
6630 /*
6631  * If this flag is unset, the lower 24 bits are an OUI, if set
6632  * a Linux nl80211 vendor ID is used (no such IDs are allocated
6633  * yet, so that's not valid so far)
6634  */
6635 #define NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX	0x80000000
6636 
6637 /**
6638  * struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info - vendor command data
6639  * @vendor_id: If the %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX flag is clear, then the
6640  *	value is a 24-bit OUI; if it is set then a separately allocated ID
6641  *	may be used, but no such IDs are allocated yet. New IDs should be
6642  *	added to this file when needed.
6643  * @subcmd: sub-command ID for the command
6644  */
6645 struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info {
6646 	__u32 vendor_id;
6647 	__u32 subcmd;
6648 };
6649 
6650 /**
6651  * enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability - TDLS peer flags.
6652  *
6653  * Used by tdls_mgmt() to determine which conditional elements need
6654  * to be added to TDLS Setup frames.
6655  *
6656  * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT: TDLS peer is HT capable.
6657  * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT: TDLS peer is VHT capable.
6658  * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM: TDLS peer is WMM capable.
6659  * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HE: TDLS peer is HE capable.
6660  */
6661 enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability {
6662 	NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT = 1<<0,
6663 	NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT = 1<<1,
6664 	NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM = 1<<2,
6665 	NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HE = 1<<3,
6666 };
6667 
6668 /**
6669  * enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan - scanning plan for scheduled scan
6670  * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
6671  * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: interval between scan iterations. In
6672  *	seconds (u32).
6673  * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: number of scan iterations in this
6674  *	scan plan (u32). The last scan plan must not specify this attribute
6675  *	because it will run infinitely. A value of zero is invalid as it will
6676  *	make the scan plan meaningless.
6677  * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX: highest scheduled scan plan attribute number
6678  *	currently defined
6679  * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST: internal use
6680  */
6681 enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan {
6682 	__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID,
6683 	NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL,
6684 	NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS,
6685 
6686 	/* keep last */
6687 	__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST,
6688 	NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX =
6689 		__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST - 1
6690 };
6691 
6692 /**
6693  * struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust - RSSI adjustment parameters.
6694  *
6695  * @band: band of BSS that must match for RSSI value adjustment. The value
6696  *	of this field is according to &enum nl80211_band.
6697  * @delta: value used to adjust the RSSI value of matching BSS in dB.
6698  */
6699 struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust {
6700 	__u8 band;
6701 	__s8 delta;
6702 } __attribute__((packed));
6703 
6704 /**
6705  * enum nl80211_bss_select_attr - attributes for bss selection.
6706  *
6707  * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID: reserved.
6708  * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI: Flag indicating only RSSI-based BSS selection
6709  *	is requested.
6710  * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF: attribute indicating BSS
6711  *	selection should be done such that the specified band is preferred.
6712  *	When there are multiple BSS-es in the preferred band, the driver
6713  *	shall use RSSI-based BSS selection as a second step. The value of
6714  *	this attribute is according to &enum nl80211_band (u32).
6715  * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for
6716  *	BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
6717  *	RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure
6718  *	value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
6719  * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX: highest bss select attribute number.
6720  * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use.
6721  *
6722  * One and only one of these attributes are found within %NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT
6723  * for %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. It specifies the required BSS selection behaviour
6724  * which the driver shall use.
6725  */
6726 enum nl80211_bss_select_attr {
6727 	__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID,
6728 	NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI,
6729 	NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF,
6730 	NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST,
6731 
6732 	/* keep last */
6733 	__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
6734 	NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
6735 };
6736 
6737 /**
6738  * enum nl80211_nan_function_type - NAN function type
6739  *
6740  * Defines the function type of a NAN function
6741  *
6742  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH: function is publish
6743  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE: function is subscribe
6744  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP: function is follow-up
6745  */
6746 enum nl80211_nan_function_type {
6747 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH,
6748 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE,
6749 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP,
6750 
6751 	/* keep last */
6752 	__NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST,
6753 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_MAX_TYPE = __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST - 1,
6754 };
6755 
6756 /**
6757  * enum nl80211_nan_publish_type - NAN publish tx type
6758  *
6759  * Defines how to send publish Service Discovery Frames
6760  *
6761  * @NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is solicited
6762  * @NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is unsolicited
6763  */
6764 enum nl80211_nan_publish_type {
6765 	NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 0,
6766 	NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 1,
6767 };
6768 
6769 /**
6770  * enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason - NAN functions termination reason
6771  *
6772  * Defines termination reasons of a NAN function
6773  *
6774  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST: requested by user
6775  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED: timeout
6776  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR: errored
6777  */
6778 enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason {
6779 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST,
6780 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED,
6781 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR,
6782 };
6783 
6784 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID_LEN 6
6785 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_SPEC_INFO_MAX_LEN 0xff
6786 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF_MAX_LEN 0xff
6787 
6788 /**
6789  * enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes - NAN function attributes
6790  * @__NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID: invalid
6791  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE: &enum nl80211_nan_function_type (u8).
6792  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID: 6 bytes of the service ID hash as
6793  *	specified in NAN spec. This is a binary attribute.
6794  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE: relevant if the function's type is
6795  *	publish. Defines the transmission type for the publish Service Discovery
6796  *	Frame, see &enum nl80211_nan_publish_type. Its type is u8.
6797  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST: relevant if the function is a solicited
6798  *	publish. Should the solicited publish Service Discovery Frame be sent to
6799  *	the NAN Broadcast address. This is a flag.
6800  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE: relevant if the function's type is
6801  *	subscribe. Is the subscribe active. This is a flag.
6802  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID: relevant if the function's type is follow up.
6803  *	The instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is u8.
6804  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID: relevant if the function's type
6805  *	is follow up. This is a u8.
6806  *	The requestor instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame.
6807  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST: the MAC address of the recipient of the
6808  *	follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is a binary attribute.
6809  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE: is this function limited for devices in a
6810  *	close range. The range itself (RSSI) is defined by the device.
6811  *	This is a flag.
6812  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL: strictly positive number of DWs this function should
6813  *	stay active. If not present infinite TTL is assumed. This is a u32.
6814  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO: array of bytes describing the service
6815  *	specific info. This is a binary attribute.
6816  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF: Service Receive Filter. This is a nested attribute.
6817  *	See &enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes.
6818  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER: Receive Matching filter. This is a nested
6819  *	attribute. It is a list of binary values.
6820  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER: Transmit Matching filter. This is a
6821  *	nested attribute. It is a list of binary values.
6822  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID: The instance ID of the function.
6823  *	Its type is u8 and it cannot be 0.
6824  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON: NAN function termination reason.
6825  *	See &enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason.
6826  *
6827  * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR: internal
6828  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN function attribute
6829  */
6830 enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes {
6831 	__NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID,
6832 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE,
6833 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID,
6834 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE,
6835 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST,
6836 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE,
6837 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID,
6838 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID,
6839 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST,
6840 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE,
6841 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL,
6842 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO,
6843 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF,
6844 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER,
6845 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER,
6846 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID,
6847 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON,
6848 
6849 	/* keep last */
6850 	NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR,
6851 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR - 1
6852 };
6853 
6854 /**
6855  * enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes - NAN Service Response filter attributes
6856  * @__NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID: invalid
6857  * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE: present if the include bit of the SRF set.
6858  *	This is a flag.
6859  * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF: Bloom Filter. Present if and only if
6860  *	%NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS isn't present. This attribute is binary.
6861  * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX: index of the Bloom Filter. Mandatory if
6862  *	%NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF is present. This is a u8.
6863  * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS: list of MAC addresses for the SRF. Present if
6864  *	and only if %NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF isn't present. This is a nested
6865  *	attribute. Each nested attribute is a MAC address.
6866  * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR: internal
6867  * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN SRF attribute
6868  */
6869 enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes {
6870 	__NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID,
6871 	NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE,
6872 	NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF,
6873 	NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX,
6874 	NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS,
6875 
6876 	/* keep last */
6877 	NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR,
6878 	NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR - 1,
6879 };
6880 
6881 /**
6882  * enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes - NAN match attributes
6883  * @__NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID: invalid
6884  * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL: the local function that had the
6885  *	match. This is a nested attribute.
6886  *	See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes.
6887  * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER: the peer function
6888  *	that caused the match. This is a nested attribute.
6889  *	See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes.
6890  *
6891  * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR: internal
6892  * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN match attribute
6893  */
6894 enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes {
6895 	__NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID,
6896 	NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL,
6897 	NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER,
6898 
6899 	/* keep last */
6900 	NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR,
6901 	NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR - 1
6902 };
6903 
6904 /**
6905  * nl80211_external_auth_action - Action to perform with external
6906  *     authentication request. Used by NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION.
6907  * @NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_START: Start the authentication.
6908  * @NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ABORT: Abort the ongoing authentication.
6909  */
6910 enum nl80211_external_auth_action {
6911 	NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_START,
6912 	NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ABORT,
6913 };
6914 
6915 /**
6916  * enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attributes - fine timing measurement
6917  *	responder attributes
6918  * @__NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
6919  * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_ENABLED: FTM responder is enabled
6920  * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI: The content of Measurement Report Element
6921  *	(9.4.2.22 in 802.11-2016) with type 8 - LCI (9.4.2.22.10),
6922  *	i.e. starting with the measurement token
6923  * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVIC: The content of Measurement Report Element
6924  *	(9.4.2.22 in 802.11-2016) with type 11 - Civic (Section 9.4.2.22.13),
6925  *	i.e. starting with the measurement token
6926  * @__NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST: Internal
6927  * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest FTM responder attribute.
6928  */
6929 enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attributes {
6930 	__NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID,
6931 
6932 	NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_ENABLED,
6933 	NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI,
6934 	NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC,
6935 
6936 	/* keep last */
6937 	__NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST,
6938 	NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST - 1,
6939 };
6940 
6941 /*
6942  * enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats - FTM responder statistics
6943  *
6944  * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS
6945  * when getting FTM responder statistics.
6946  *
6947  * @__NL80211_FTM_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
6948  * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_SUCCESS_NUM: number of FTM sessions in which all frames
6949  *	were ssfully answered (u32)
6950  * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_PARTIAL_NUM: number of FTM sessions in which part of the
6951  *	frames were successfully answered (u32)
6952  * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_FAILED_NUM: number of failed FTM sessions (u32)
6953  * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_ASAP_NUM: number of ASAP sessions (u32)
6954  * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_NON_ASAP_NUM: number of non-ASAP sessions (u32)
6955  * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_TOTAL_DURATION_MSEC: total sessions durations - gives an
6956  *	indication of how much time the responder was busy (u64, msec)
6957  * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_UNKNOWN_TRIGGERS_NUM: number of unknown FTM triggers -
6958  *	triggers from initiators that didn't finish successfully the negotiation
6959  *	phase with the responder (u32)
6960  * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_RESCHEDULE_REQUESTS_NUM: number of FTM reschedule requests
6961  *	- initiator asks for a new scheduling although it already has scheduled
6962  *	FTM slot (u32)
6963  * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_OUT_OF_WINDOW_TRIGGERS_NUM: number of FTM triggers out of
6964  *	scheduled window (u32)
6965  * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_PAD: used for padding, ignore
6966  * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal
6967  * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_MAX: highest possible FTM responder stats attribute
6968  */
6969 enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats {
6970 	__NL80211_FTM_STATS_INVALID,
6971 	NL80211_FTM_STATS_SUCCESS_NUM,
6972 	NL80211_FTM_STATS_PARTIAL_NUM,
6973 	NL80211_FTM_STATS_FAILED_NUM,
6974 	NL80211_FTM_STATS_ASAP_NUM,
6975 	NL80211_FTM_STATS_NON_ASAP_NUM,
6976 	NL80211_FTM_STATS_TOTAL_DURATION_MSEC,
6977 	NL80211_FTM_STATS_UNKNOWN_TRIGGERS_NUM,
6978 	NL80211_FTM_STATS_RESCHEDULE_REQUESTS_NUM,
6979 	NL80211_FTM_STATS_OUT_OF_WINDOW_TRIGGERS_NUM,
6980 	NL80211_FTM_STATS_PAD,
6981 
6982 	/* keep last */
6983 	__NL80211_FTM_STATS_AFTER_LAST,
6984 	NL80211_FTM_STATS_MAX = __NL80211_FTM_STATS_AFTER_LAST - 1
6985 };
6986 
6987 /**
6988  * enum nl80211_preamble - frame preamble types
6989  * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_LEGACY: legacy (HR/DSSS, OFDM, ERP PHY) preamble
6990  * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_HT: HT preamble
6991  * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_VHT: VHT preamble
6992  * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_DMG: DMG preamble
6993  * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_HE: HE preamble
6994  */
6995 enum nl80211_preamble {
6996 	NL80211_PREAMBLE_LEGACY,
6997 	NL80211_PREAMBLE_HT,
6998 	NL80211_PREAMBLE_VHT,
6999 	NL80211_PREAMBLE_DMG,
7000 	NL80211_PREAMBLE_HE,
7001 };
7002 
7003 /**
7004  * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type - peer measurement types
7005  * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_INVALID: invalid/unused, needed as we use
7006  *	these numbers also for attributes
7007  *
7008  * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_FTM: flight time measurement
7009  *
7010  * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES: internal
7011  * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_MAX: highest type number
7012  */
7013 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type {
7014 	NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_INVALID,
7015 
7016 	NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_FTM,
7017 
7018 	NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES,
7019 	NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES - 1
7020 };
7021 
7022 /**
7023  * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status - peer measurement status
7024  * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_SUCCESS: measurement completed successfully
7025  * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_REFUSED: measurement was locally refused
7026  * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_TIMEOUT: measurement timed out
7027  * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE: measurement failed, a type-dependent
7028  *	reason may be available in the response data
7029  */
7030 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status {
7031 	NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_SUCCESS,
7032 	NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_REFUSED,
7033 	NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_TIMEOUT,
7034 	NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE,
7035 };
7036 
7037 /**
7038  * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req - peer measurement request attributes
7039  * @__NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
7040  *
7041  * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_DATA: This is a nested attribute with measurement
7042  *	type-specific request data inside. The attributes used are from the
7043  *	enums named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_req.
7044  * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_GET_AP_TSF: include AP TSF timestamp, if supported
7045  *	(flag attribute)
7046  *
7047  * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS: internal
7048  * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
7049  */
7050 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req {
7051 	__NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_INVALID,
7052 
7053 	NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_DATA,
7054 	NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_GET_AP_TSF,
7055 
7056 	/* keep last */
7057 	NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS,
7058 	NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS - 1
7059 };
7060 
7061 /**
7062  * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp - peer measurement response attributes
7063  * @__NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
7064  *
7065  * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_DATA: This is a nested attribute with measurement
7066  *	type-specific results inside. The attributes used are from the enums
7067  *	named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_resp.
7068  * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_STATUS: u32 value with the measurement status
7069  *	(using values from &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status.)
7070  * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_HOST_TIME: host time (%CLOCK_BOOTTIME) when the
7071  *	result was measured; this value is not expected to be accurate to
7072  *	more than 20ms. (u64, nanoseconds)
7073  * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_AP_TSF: TSF of the AP that the interface
7074  *	doing the measurement is connected to when the result was measured.
7075  *	This shall be accurately reported if supported and requested
7076  *	(u64, usec)
7077  * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_FINAL: If results are sent to the host partially
7078  *	(*e.g. with FTM per-burst data) this flag will be cleared on all but
7079  *	the last result; if all results are combined it's set on the single
7080  *	result.
7081  * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_PAD: padding for 64-bit attributes, ignore
7082  *
7083  * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS: internal
7084  * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
7085  */
7086 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp {
7087 	__NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_INVALID,
7088 
7089 	NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_DATA,
7090 	NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_STATUS,
7091 	NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_HOST_TIME,
7092 	NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_AP_TSF,
7093 	NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_FINAL,
7094 	NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_PAD,
7095 
7096 	/* keep last */
7097 	NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS,
7098 	NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS - 1
7099 };
7100 
7101 /**
7102  * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs - peer attributes for measurement
7103  * @__NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
7104  *
7105  * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_ADDR: peer's MAC address
7106  * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_CHAN: channel definition, nested, using top-level
7107  *	attributes like %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ etc.
7108  * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_REQ: This is a nested attribute indexed by
7109  *	measurement type, with attributes from the
7110  *	&enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req inside.
7111  * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_RESP: This is a nested attribute indexed by
7112  *	measurement type, with attributes from the
7113  *	&enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp inside.
7114  *
7115  * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS: internal
7116  * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
7117  */
7118 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs {
7119 	__NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_INVALID,
7120 
7121 	NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_ADDR,
7122 	NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_CHAN,
7123 	NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_REQ,
7124 	NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_RESP,
7125 
7126 	/* keep last */
7127 	NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS,
7128 	NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS - 1,
7129 };
7130 
7131 /**
7132  * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs - peer measurement attributes
7133  * @__NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
7134  *
7135  * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX_PEERS: u32 attribute used for capability
7136  *	advertisement only, indicates the maximum number of peers
7137  *	measurements can be done with in a single request
7138  * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_REPORT_AP_TSF: flag attribute in capability
7139  *	indicating that the connected AP's TSF can be reported in
7140  *	measurement results
7141  * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_RANDOMIZE_MAC_ADDR: flag attribute in capability
7142  *	indicating that MAC address randomization is supported.
7143  * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_TYPE_CAPA: capabilities reported by the device,
7144  *	this contains a nesting indexed by measurement type, and
7145  *	type-specific capabilities inside, which are from the enums
7146  *	named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_capa.
7147  * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_PEERS: nested attribute, the nesting index is
7148  *	meaningless, just a list of peers to measure with, with the
7149  *	sub-attributes taken from
7150  *	&enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs.
7151  *
7152  * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR: internal
7153  * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
7154  */
7155 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs {
7156 	__NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_INVALID,
7157 
7158 	NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX_PEERS,
7159 	NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_REPORT_AP_TSF,
7160 	NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_RANDOMIZE_MAC_ADDR,
7161 	NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_TYPE_CAPA,
7162 	NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_PEERS,
7163 
7164 	/* keep last */
7165 	NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR,
7166 	NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR - 1
7167 };
7168 
7169 /**
7170  * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_capa - FTM capabilities
7171  * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
7172  *
7173  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_ASAP: flag attribute indicating ASAP mode
7174  *	is supported
7175  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_ASAP: flag attribute indicating non-ASAP
7176  *	mode is supported
7177  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_LCI: flag attribute indicating if LCI
7178  *	data can be requested during the measurement
7179  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_CIVICLOC: flag attribute indicating if civic
7180  *	location data can be requested during the measurement
7181  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_PREAMBLES: u32 bitmap attribute of bits
7182  *	from &enum nl80211_preamble.
7183  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_BANDWIDTHS: bitmap of values from
7184  *	&enum nl80211_chan_width indicating the supported channel
7185  *	bandwidths for FTM. Note that a higher channel bandwidth may be
7186  *	configured to allow for other measurements types with different
7187  *	bandwidth requirement in the same measurement.
7188  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_BURSTS_EXPONENT: u32 attribute indicating
7189  *	the maximum bursts exponent that can be used (if not present anything
7190  *	is valid)
7191  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_FTMS_PER_BURST: u32 attribute indicating
7192  *	the maximum FTMs per burst (if not present anything is valid)
7193  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED: flag attribute indicating if
7194  *	trigger based ranging measurement is supported
7195  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED: flag attribute indicating
7196  *	if non trigger based ranging measurement is supported
7197  *
7198  * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR: internal
7199  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
7200  */
7201 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_capa {
7202 	__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_INVALID,
7203 
7204 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_ASAP,
7205 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_ASAP,
7206 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_LCI,
7207 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_CIVICLOC,
7208 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_PREAMBLES,
7209 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_BANDWIDTHS,
7210 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_BURSTS_EXPONENT,
7211 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_FTMS_PER_BURST,
7212 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED,
7213 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED,
7214 
7215 	/* keep last */
7216 	NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR,
7217 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR - 1
7218 };
7219 
7220 /**
7221  * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_req - FTM request attributes
7222  * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
7223  *
7224  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_ASAP: ASAP mode requested (flag)
7225  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_PREAMBLE: preamble type (see
7226  *	&enum nl80211_preamble), optional for DMG (u32)
7227  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP: number of bursts exponent as in
7228  *	802.11-2016 9.4.2.168 "Fine Timing Measurement Parameters element"
7229  *	(u8, 0-15, optional with default 15 i.e. "no preference")
7230  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_PERIOD: interval between bursts in units
7231  *	of 100ms (u16, optional with default 0)
7232  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_DURATION: burst duration, as in 802.11-2016
7233  *	Table 9-257 "Burst Duration field encoding" (u8, 0-15, optional with
7234  *	default 15 i.e. "no preference")
7235  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST: number of successful FTM frames
7236  *	requested per burst
7237  *	(u8, 0-31, optional with default 0 i.e. "no preference")
7238  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_RETRIES: number of FTMR frame retries
7239  *	(u8, default 3)
7240  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_LCI: request LCI data (flag)
7241  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_CIVICLOC: request civic location data
7242  *	(flag)
7243  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED: request trigger based ranging
7244  *	measurement (flag).
7245  *	This attribute and %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED are
7246  *	mutually exclusive.
7247  *      if neither %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED nor
7248  *	%NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED is set, EDCA based
7249  *	ranging will be used.
7250  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED: request non trigger based
7251  *	ranging measurement (flag)
7252  *	This attribute and %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED are
7253  *	mutually exclusive.
7254  *      if neither %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED nor
7255  *	%NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED is set, EDCA based
7256  *	ranging will be used.
7257  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_LMR_FEEDBACK: negotiate for LMR feedback. Only
7258  *	valid if either %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED or
7259  *	%NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED is set.
7260  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BSS_COLOR: optional. The BSS color of the
7261  *	responder. Only valid if %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED
7262  *	or %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED is set.
7263  *
7264  * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR: internal
7265  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
7266  */
7267 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_req {
7268 	__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_INVALID,
7269 
7270 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_ASAP,
7271 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_PREAMBLE,
7272 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP,
7273 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_PERIOD,
7274 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_DURATION,
7275 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST,
7276 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_RETRIES,
7277 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_LCI,
7278 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_CIVICLOC,
7279 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED,
7280 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED,
7281 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_LMR_FEEDBACK,
7282 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BSS_COLOR,
7283 
7284 	/* keep last */
7285 	NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR,
7286 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR - 1
7287 };
7288 
7289 /**
7290  * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons - FTM failure reasons
7291  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified failure, not used
7292  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_NO_RESPONSE: no response from the FTM responder
7293  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_REJECTED: FTM responder rejected measurement
7294  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_WRONG_CHANNEL: we already know the peer is
7295  *	on a different channel, so can't measure (if we didn't know, we'd
7296  *	try and get no response)
7297  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_NOT_CAPABLE: peer can't actually do FTM
7298  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_INVALID_TIMESTAMP: invalid T1/T4 timestamps
7299  *	received
7300  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY: peer reports busy, you may retry
7301  *	later (see %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME)
7302  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_BAD_CHANGED_PARAMS: parameters were changed
7303  *	by the peer and are no longer supported
7304  */
7305 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons {
7306 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_UNSPECIFIED,
7307 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_NO_RESPONSE,
7308 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_REJECTED,
7309 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_WRONG_CHANNEL,
7310 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_NOT_CAPABLE,
7311 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_INVALID_TIMESTAMP,
7312 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY,
7313 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_BAD_CHANGED_PARAMS,
7314 };
7315 
7316 /**
7317  * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_resp - FTM response attributes
7318  * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
7319  *
7320  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FAIL_REASON: FTM-specific failure reason
7321  *	(u32, optional)
7322  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_INDEX: optional, if bursts are reported
7323  *	as separate results then it will be the burst index 0...(N-1) and
7324  *	the top level will indicate partial results (u32)
7325  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_ATTEMPTS: number of FTM Request frames
7326  *	transmitted (u32, optional)
7327  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_SUCCESSES: number of FTM Request frames
7328  *	that were acknowleged (u32, optional)
7329  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME: retry time received from the
7330  *	busy peer (u32, seconds)
7331  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP: actual number of bursts exponent
7332  *	used by the responder (similar to request, u8)
7333  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_DURATION: actual burst duration used by
7334  *	the responder (similar to request, u8)
7335  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST: actual FTMs per burst used
7336  *	by the responder (similar to request, u8)
7337  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_AVG: average RSSI across all FTM action
7338  *	frames (optional, s32, 1/2 dBm)
7339  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_SPREAD: RSSI spread across all FTM action
7340  *	frames (optional, s32, 1/2 dBm)
7341  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_TX_RATE: bitrate we used for the response to the
7342  *	FTM action frame (optional, nested, using &enum nl80211_rate_info
7343  *	attributes)
7344  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RX_RATE: bitrate the responder used for the FTM
7345  *	action frame (optional, nested, using &enum nl80211_rate_info attrs)
7346  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_AVG: average RTT (s64, picoseconds, optional
7347  *	but one of RTT/DIST must be present)
7348  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_VARIANCE: RTT variance (u64, ps^2, note that
7349  *	standard deviation is the square root of variance, optional)
7350  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_SPREAD: RTT spread (u64, picoseconds,
7351  *	optional)
7352  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_AVG: average distance (s64, mm, optional
7353  *	but one of RTT/DIST must be present)
7354  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_VARIANCE: distance variance (u64, mm^2, note
7355  *	that standard deviation is the square root of variance, optional)
7356  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_SPREAD: distance spread (u64, mm, optional)
7357  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI: LCI data from peer (binary, optional);
7358  *	this is the contents of the Measurement Report Element (802.11-2016
7359  *	9.4.2.22.1) starting with the Measurement Token, with Measurement
7360  *	Type 8.
7361  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC: civic location data from peer
7362  *	(binary, optional);
7363  *	this is the contents of the Measurement Report Element (802.11-2016
7364  *	9.4.2.22.1) starting with the Measurement Token, with Measurement
7365  *	Type 11.
7366  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_PAD: ignore, for u64/s64 padding only
7367  *
7368  * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR: internal
7369  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
7370  */
7371 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_resp {
7372 	__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID,
7373 
7374 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FAIL_REASON,
7375 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_INDEX,
7376 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_ATTEMPTS,
7377 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_SUCCESSES,
7378 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME,
7379 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP,
7380 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_DURATION,
7381 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST,
7382 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_AVG,
7383 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_SPREAD,
7384 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_TX_RATE,
7385 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RX_RATE,
7386 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_AVG,
7387 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_VARIANCE,
7388 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_SPREAD,
7389 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_AVG,
7390 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_VARIANCE,
7391 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_SPREAD,
7392 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI,
7393 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC,
7394 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_PAD,
7395 
7396 	/* keep last */
7397 	NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR,
7398 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR - 1
7399 };
7400 
7401 /**
7402  * enum nl80211_obss_pd_attributes - OBSS packet detection attributes
7403  * @__NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
7404  *
7405  * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MIN_OFFSET: the OBSS PD minimum tx power offset.
7406  * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX_OFFSET: the OBSS PD maximum tx power offset.
7407  * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_NON_SRG_MAX_OFFSET: the non-SRG OBSS PD maximum
7408  *	tx power offset.
7409  * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_BSS_COLOR_BITMAP: bitmap that indicates the BSS color
7410  *	values used by members of the SRG.
7411  * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_PARTIAL_BSSID_BITMAP: bitmap that indicates the partial
7412  *	BSSID values used by members of the SRG.
7413  * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_SR_CTRL: The SR Control field of SRP element.
7414  *
7415  * @__NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST: Internal
7416  * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX: highest OBSS PD attribute.
7417  */
7418 enum nl80211_obss_pd_attributes {
7419 	__NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_INVALID,
7420 
7421 	NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MIN_OFFSET,
7422 	NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX_OFFSET,
7423 	NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_NON_SRG_MAX_OFFSET,
7424 	NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_BSS_COLOR_BITMAP,
7425 	NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_PARTIAL_BSSID_BITMAP,
7426 	NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_SR_CTRL,
7427 
7428 	/* keep last */
7429 	__NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST,
7430 	NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST - 1,
7431 };
7432 
7433 /**
7434  * enum nl80211_bss_color_attributes - BSS Color attributes
7435  * @__NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
7436  *
7437  * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_COLOR: the current BSS Color.
7438  * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_DISABLED: is BSS coloring disabled.
7439  * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_PARTIAL: the AID equation to be used..
7440  *
7441  * @__NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_LAST: Internal
7442  * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_MAX: highest BSS Color attribute.
7443  */
7444 enum nl80211_bss_color_attributes {
7445 	__NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_INVALID,
7446 
7447 	NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_COLOR,
7448 	NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_DISABLED,
7449 	NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_PARTIAL,
7450 
7451 	/* keep last */
7452 	__NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_LAST,
7453 	NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_LAST - 1,
7454 };
7455 
7456 /**
7457  * enum nl80211_iftype_akm_attributes - interface type AKM attributes
7458  * @__NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
7459  *
7460  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing a flag
7461  *	attribute for each interface type that supports AKM suites specified in
7462  *	%NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_SUITES
7463  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_SUITES: an array of u32. Used to indicate supported
7464  *	AKM suites for the specified interface types.
7465  *
7466  * @__NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_LAST: Internal
7467  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_MAX: highest interface type AKM attribute.
7468  */
7469 enum nl80211_iftype_akm_attributes {
7470 	__NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_INVALID,
7471 
7472 	NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_IFTYPES,
7473 	NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_SUITES,
7474 
7475 	/* keep last */
7476 	__NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_LAST,
7477 	NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_LAST - 1,
7478 };
7479 
7480 /**
7481  * enum nl80211_fils_discovery_attributes - FILS discovery configuration
7482  * from IEEE Std 802.11ai-2016, Annex C.3 MIB detail.
7483  *
7484  * @__NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
7485  *
7486  * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MIN: Minimum packet interval (u32, TU).
7487  *	Allowed range: 0..10000 (TU = Time Unit)
7488  * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MAX: Maximum packet interval (u32, TU).
7489  *	Allowed range: 0..10000 (TU = Time Unit)
7490  * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_TMPL: Template data for FILS discovery action
7491  *	frame including the headers.
7492  *
7493  * @__NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_LAST: Internal
7494  * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute
7495  */
7496 enum nl80211_fils_discovery_attributes {
7497 	__NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INVALID,
7498 
7499 	NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MIN,
7500 	NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MAX,
7501 	NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_TMPL,
7502 
7503 	/* keep last */
7504 	__NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_LAST,
7505 	NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_LAST - 1
7506 };
7507 
7508 /*
7509  * FILS discovery template minimum length with action frame headers and
7510  * mandatory fields.
7511  */
7512 #define NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_TMPL_MIN_LEN 42
7513 
7514 /**
7515  * enum nl80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp_attributes - Unsolicited broadcast probe
7516  *	response configuration. Applicable only in 6GHz.
7517  *
7518  * @__NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
7519  *
7520  * @NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INT: Maximum packet interval (u32, TU).
7521  *	Allowed range: 0..20 (TU = Time Unit). IEEE P802.11ax/D6.0
7522  *	26.17.2.3.2 (AP behavior for fast passive scanning).
7523  * @NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_TMPL: Unsolicited broadcast probe response
7524  *	frame template (binary).
7525  *
7526  * @__NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_LAST: Internal
7527  * @NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute
7528  */
7529 enum nl80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp_attributes {
7530 	__NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INVALID,
7531 
7532 	NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INT,
7533 	NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_TMPL,
7534 
7535 	/* keep last */
7536 	__NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_LAST,
7537 	NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_MAX =
7538 		__NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_LAST - 1
7539 };
7540 
7541 /**
7542  * enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism - The mechanism(s) allowed for SAE PWE
7543  *	derivation. Applicable only when WPA3-Personal SAE authentication is
7544  *	used.
7545  *
7546  * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_UNSPECIFIED: not specified, used internally to indicate that
7547  *	attribute is not present from userspace.
7548  * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_HUNT_AND_PECK: hunting-and-pecking loop only
7549  * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_HASH_TO_ELEMENT: hash-to-element only
7550  * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_BOTH: both hunting-and-pecking loop and hash-to-element
7551  *	can be used.
7552  */
7553 enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism {
7554 	NL80211_SAE_PWE_UNSPECIFIED,
7555 	NL80211_SAE_PWE_HUNT_AND_PECK,
7556 	NL80211_SAE_PWE_HASH_TO_ELEMENT,
7557 	NL80211_SAE_PWE_BOTH,
7558 };
7559 
7560 /**
7561  * enum nl80211_sar_type - type of SAR specs
7562  *
7563  * @NL80211_SAR_TYPE_POWER: power limitation specified in 0.25dBm unit
7564  *
7565  */
7566 enum nl80211_sar_type {
7567 	NL80211_SAR_TYPE_POWER,
7568 
7569 	/* add new type here */
7570 
7571 	/* Keep last */
7572 	NUM_NL80211_SAR_TYPE,
7573 };
7574 
7575 /**
7576  * enum nl80211_sar_attrs - Attributes for SAR spec
7577  *
7578  * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_TYPE: the SAR type as defined in &enum nl80211_sar_type.
7579  *
7580  * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS: Nested array of SAR power
7581  *	limit specifications. Each specification contains a set
7582  *	of %nl80211_sar_specs_attrs.
7583  *
7584  *	For SET operation, it contains array of %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER
7585  *	and %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_RANGE_INDEX.
7586  *
7587  *	For sar_capa dump, it contains array of
7588  *	%NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_START_FREQ
7589  *	and %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_END_FREQ.
7590  *
7591  * @__NL80211_SAR_ATTR_LAST: Internal
7592  * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_MAX: highest sar attribute
7593  *
7594  * These attributes are used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPEC
7595  */
7596 enum nl80211_sar_attrs {
7597 	__NL80211_SAR_ATTR_INVALID,
7598 
7599 	NL80211_SAR_ATTR_TYPE,
7600 	NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS,
7601 
7602 	__NL80211_SAR_ATTR_LAST,
7603 	NL80211_SAR_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_LAST - 1,
7604 };
7605 
7606 /**
7607  * enum nl80211_sar_specs_attrs - Attributes for SAR power limit specs
7608  *
7609  * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER: Required (s32)value to specify the actual
7610  *	power limit value in units of 0.25 dBm if type is
7611  *	NL80211_SAR_TYPE_POWER. (i.e., a value of 44 represents 11 dBm).
7612  *	0 means userspace doesn't have SAR limitation on this associated range.
7613  *
7614  * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_RANGE_INDEX: Required (u32) value to specify the
7615  *	index of exported freq range table and the associated power limitation
7616  *	is applied to this range.
7617  *
7618  *	Userspace isn't required to set all the ranges advertised by WLAN driver,
7619  *	and userspace can skip some certain ranges. These skipped ranges don't
7620  *	have SAR limitations, and they are same as setting the
7621  *	%NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER to any unreasonable high value because any
7622  *	value higher than regulatory allowed value just means SAR power
7623  *	limitation is removed, but it's required to set at least one range.
7624  *	It's not allowed to set duplicated range in one SET operation.
7625  *
7626  *	Every SET operation overwrites previous SET operation.
7627  *
7628  * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_START_FREQ: Required (u32) value to specify the start
7629  *	frequency of this range edge when registering SAR capability to wiphy.
7630  *	It's not a channel center frequency. The unit is kHz.
7631  *
7632  * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_END_FREQ: Required (u32) value to specify the end
7633  *	frequency of this range edge when registering SAR capability to wiphy.
7634  *	It's not a channel center frequency. The unit is kHz.
7635  *
7636  * @__NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_LAST: Internal
7637  * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_MAX: highest sar specs attribute
7638  */
7639 enum nl80211_sar_specs_attrs {
7640 	__NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_INVALID,
7641 
7642 	NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER,
7643 	NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_RANGE_INDEX,
7644 	NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_START_FREQ,
7645 	NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_END_FREQ,
7646 
7647 	__NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_LAST,
7648 	NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_MAX = __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_LAST - 1,
7649 };
7650 
7651 /**
7652  * enum nl80211_mbssid_config_attributes - multiple BSSID (MBSSID) and enhanced
7653  * multi-BSSID advertisements (EMA) in AP mode.
7654  * Kernel uses some of these attributes to advertise driver's support for
7655  * MBSSID and EMA.
7656  * Remaining attributes should be used by the userspace to configure the
7657  * features.
7658  *
7659  * @__NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
7660  *
7661  * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX_INTERFACES: Used by the kernel to advertise
7662  *	the maximum number of MBSSID interfaces supported by the driver.
7663  *	Driver should indicate MBSSID support by setting
7664  *	wiphy->mbssid_max_interfaces to a value more than or equal to 2.
7665  *
7666  * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX_EMA_PROFILE_PERIODICITY: Used by the kernel
7667  *	to advertise the maximum profile periodicity supported by the driver
7668  *	if EMA is enabled. Driver should indicate EMA support to the userspace
7669  *	by setting wiphy->ema_max_profile_periodicity to
7670  *	a non-zero value.
7671  *
7672  * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_INDEX: Mandatory parameter to pass the index of
7673  *	this BSS (u8) in the multiple BSSID set.
7674  *	Value must be set to 0 for the transmitting interface and non-zero for
7675  *	all non-transmitting interfaces. The userspace will be responsible
7676  *	for using unique indices for the interfaces.
7677  *	Range: 0 to wiphy->mbssid_max_interfaces-1.
7678  *
7679  * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_IFINDEX: Mandatory parameter for
7680  *	a non-transmitted profile which provides the interface index (u32) of
7681  *	the transmitted profile. The value must match one of the interface
7682  *	indices advertised by the kernel. Optional if the interface being set up
7683  *	is the transmitting one, however, if provided then the value must match
7684  *	the interface index of the same.
7685  *
7686  * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_EMA: Flag used to enable EMA AP feature.
7687  *	Setting this flag is permitted only if the driver advertises EMA support
7688  *	by setting wiphy->ema_max_profile_periodicity to non-zero.
7689  *
7690  * @__NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_LAST: Internal
7691  * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute
7692  */
7693 enum nl80211_mbssid_config_attributes {
7694 	__NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_INVALID,
7695 
7696 	NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX_INTERFACES,
7697 	NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX_EMA_PROFILE_PERIODICITY,
7698 	NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_INDEX,
7699 	NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_IFINDEX,
7700 	NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_EMA,
7701 
7702 	/* keep last */
7703 	__NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_LAST,
7704 	NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_LAST - 1,
7705 };
7706 
7707 /**
7708  * enum nl80211_ap_settings_flags - AP settings flags
7709  *
7710  * @NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: AP supports external
7711  *	authentication.
7712  * @NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT: Userspace supports SA Query
7713  *	procedures offload to driver. If driver advertises
7714  *	%NL80211_AP_SME_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD in AP SME features, userspace shall
7715  *	ignore SA Query procedures and validations when this flag is set by
7716  *	userspace.
7717  */
7718 enum nl80211_ap_settings_flags {
7719 	NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT	= 1 << 0,
7720 	NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT	= 1 << 1,
7721 };
7722 
7723 #endif /* __LINUX_NL80211_H */
7724